Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


HpP 


/.■■'  f S  v-' 


,...isasS" 


Brick  for  a  church  represents  only  a  small  portion 
of  the  total  cost  of  the  building  .  .  .  yet  this  is  the  item 

which  determines  the  beauty,  durability,  and 
economy  of  the  entire  structure.   It  is  little  wonder  that 

over  the  years,  architects,  contractors,  and  church 
engineers  have  been  quick  to  realize  the  real  value  and 

many  advantages  of  brick:  Low  original  cost, 
low  maintenance,  fire  resistant,  and  everlasting  beauty. 


Manufacturers  of 


TERSTAT 


Burned  Clay  Products 


RICK    CO 


3100  South  11th  East 


Salt  Lake  City  6,  Utah 


by  Dr.  Franklin  S.  Harris,  Jr. 

Our  Modern  Alphabet 

Our  modern  English  alphabet  of 
26  letters  has  come  to  us  from  Egyp- 
tian, Phoenician,  Greek,  Etruscan, 
and  Roman  alphabets.  The  Romans 
gave  us  a  Latin  alphabet  of  23  let- 
ters. The  sounds  for  which  the 
symbol  i  had  been  written,  in  the 
early  middle  ages,  were  separated 
into  the  symbols  i  and  /  during  the 
fifteenth  century,  and  similarly  the 
sounds  represented  by  v  became 
separated  into  u  and  v  in  the  10th 
century,  and  w  in  the  11th  century. 
Dictionaries  as  late  as  the  19th  cen- 
tury continued  to  arrange  items 
beginning  with  u  and  v  in  one  list 
without  distinguishing  in  position 
between  the  u  and  v. 

The  Greatest  Rainfall 

The  highest 
recorded  rainfall 
in  24  hours  is 
the  46-inch  fall 
on  July  14  and 
15,  191 1,  at 
Baguio,  Luzon, 
Philippines.  The 
greatest  rainfall 
in  one  year  oc- 
curred in  1860- 
1861,  in  Cherra- 
punji,  India,  and 
totaled  1042  inches,  or  over  86  feet! 

A  Great  Loss 

It  is  estimated  that  about  one- 
third  of  all  water  diverted  for  irri- 
gation is  lost  on  the  way  to  the  actual 
fields. 

Deep-sea  Organisms 

From  the  ocean  depths  of  13,200 
and  16,200  feet  a  live  sand  flea  and 
a  sea  worm  have  been  brought  to 
the  surface  and  still  live.  The  deep- 
sea  organisms  were  successfully 
"fished"  by  the  Lamont  Geological 
Observatory  of  Columbia  University. 


APRIL   1958 


All  the 


"FLAVOR 


is  not  in  the  soup 

(or  the  cheese  or  salad  or  dip,  or  whatever 
you  serve  with  Saltine  Crackers  by  Purity) 

-Lhe  fresh  saltine  goodness  and  crackling 
crispness  of  these  famous  crackers,  add 
their  own  perky  touch  to  your  enjoyment  of 
the  hearty  flavors  in  your  favorite  soup. 

When  the  dish,  or  the  simple  snack,  calls  for 
crackers,  taste  what  a  difference 


Saltines  by  Purity  makes. 


At  your  favorite  grocer's 
in  1  and  2  pound  cartons 


209 


The  Improvement  Era,  The  Voice  of  the  Church,  Volume  61,  Number  4,  April  1958. 


Official  organ  of  the  priesthood  quorums,  Mutual  Improvement  Associations,  ward 
teachers,  Music  Committee,  Department  of  Education,  and  other  agencies  of  the  Church 
of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 

Church  Features 

The  Editor's  Page:   He  is  risen:   He  is  not  here 

President  David  O.  McKay  222 
Your  Question:  Baptism  in  Ancient  Times 

President  Joseph  Fielding  Smith  224 
The  Great  Labor  of  Love  (New  Zealand  Temple)  Gordon  T.  Allred  226 

The  Standards  of  the  Church  (Family  Hour  Discussion  Topic) 

George  Q.  Morris  234 
Church  members  saddened  by  death  of  Elder  Adam  S.  Bennion 

Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr.  240 
The  Lord  Is  Resurrected— MIA  Reading  Course:  Jesus  the  Christ— XXII 

Doyle  L.  Green  246 

The  Church  Moves  On,  218;  Melchizedek  Priesthood,  250;  The  Presiding  Bishopric's 
Page,  252. 

Special  Features 

So  You  Want  to  Raise  a  Boy?  (First  of  a  series)  W.  Cleon  Skousen  230 

How  to  Make  your  Lessons  Live  Dale  T.  Tingey  236 

Leadership  Development:    The  Miracle  of  Personality 

Sterling  W.  Sill  242 

Thoughts  for  Your  Inspirational  Talk:  ".  .  .  Where  the  heart  is"  249 

The  Spoken  Word  from  Temple  Square  Richard  L.  Evans  266,  268,  274,  284 
Exploring  the  Universe,  Franklin  S.  Harris,  Jr.,  209;  These  Times:  The  Moral  Equivalent 
of  War,  G.  Homer  Durham,  213;  Letters  and  Reports,  214;  Bookrack,  273. 


Lynne  A.  Pettit  278 

282 
288 


Helen  K.  Orgill  238 
244,  245,  254,  256,  258 


Today's  Family: 

Food  and  Teamwork 
Household  Helps 
The  Last  Word 

Stories,  Poetrij 

Northward  Ho  the  Prairies  (Conclusion) 
Poetry 

David  O.  McKay  and  Richard  L.  Evans,  Editors;  Doyle  L.  Green,  Managing  Editor; 
Marba  C.  Josephson,  Associate  Managing  Editor;  Elizabeth  J.  Moffitt,  Production  Editor; 
Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr.,  Research  Editor;  Eileen  Gibbons,  Manuscript  Editor;  Gordon  T. 
Allred,  Editorial  Associate;  Ralph  Reynolds  and  Ed  Maryon,  Art  Directors. 
Archibald  F.  Bennett,  G.  Homer  Durham,  Franklin  S.  Harris,  Jr.,  Milton  R.  Hunter, 
Hugh  Nibley,  Claude  B.  Petersen,  Sidney  B.  Sperry,  Contributing  Editors. 

Elbert  R.  Curtis,  General  Manager;  Bertha  S.  Reeder,  Associate  General  Manager;  Verl  F. 
Scott,  Business  Manager;  A.  Glen  Snarr,  Subscription  Director;  Thayer  Evans,  Regional 
Advertising  Representative. 

The  Improvement  Era  Offices,  50  North  Main  Street,  Salt  Lake  City  16,  Utah 

Copyright  1958  by  Mutual  Funds,  Inc.,  and  published  by  the   Mutual  Improvement  Associations  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 

of  Latter-day  Saints.     All  rights  reserved.     Subscription  price,  $2.50  a  year,  in  advance;  foreign  subscriptions,  $3.00  a  year,  in 

advance;  25c  single  copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,   Salt  Lake  City,   Utah  as   second-class  matter.     Acceptance  for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage 

provided  for  in  section  1103.     Act  of  October   1917,   authorized  July  2,  1918. 

The  Improvement  Era  is  not  responsible  for  unsolicited  manuscripts,  but  welcomes  contributions.     Manuscripts  are  paid  for  on 

acceptance  at  the  rate  of  l'Ac  a  word  and  must  be  accompanied  by  sufficient  postage  for  delivery  and  return. 

Thirty  days'  notice  required  for  change  of  address.    When  ordering  a  change,  please  include  address  slip  from  a  recent  issue 

of  the  magazine.    Address  changes  cannot  be  made  unless  the  old  address  as  well  as  the  new  one  is  included. 


Cover— April  20th  marks 
the  dedicatory  date  for  our 
cover    subject,    the    New 
Zealand  Temple,  shown  as 
drawn  by   Church   architect 
Edward  O.  Anderson  and 
adapted  for  the   Era 
by  Hal  Rumel  Studio. 


210 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Utah's  junior  senator, 
proudly  proclaims  his  heritage 


1. 


SENATOR  WALLACE  F.  BENNETT'S 


*JkSE& 


THE  PROPHET 

An    eyewitness     account     of    the 
life    and    work    of    the    Prophet 

GEORGE  Q. 
CANNON 


The  author. of  this  well-written  history 
interviewed  living  witnesses  concerning 
the  events  and  happenings  in  the  Proph- 
et's life  as  well  as  reading  the  Prophet's 
own  records  of  the  early  history  of  the 
Church.   Prom  this  eyewitness  approach, 
this  book  gains  vividness  and  veracity. 

$3.50 


1  .£"  *    ■' 


I 


WHY  I  AM 

A  MORMON 

Wallace  f-8*""*" 


In  a  clear  style  Senator  Bennett 
covers  the  cardinal  points  of  LDS 
doctrine,  giving  the  Church's  teach- 
ings on  the  plan  of  salvation,  the 
nature  of  man,  mortality  and  im- 
mortality, Jesus  the  Christ,  and 
God.  He  also  vividly  describes 
events  in  LDS  history  and  con- 
cludes with  a  personal  testimony, 

$2.75 


Answers  to 

Gospel 

Questions 


A  complete  wedding  book  with  a  Temple  page — 
Salt  Lake,  Los  Angeles,  Logan  or  Idaho  Falls  Temple. 
This  handsome  volume,  in  white  leatherette,  has 
title  embossed  in  silver  on  cover.    It  provides  pages 
for  information  on  engagement,  family  trees  of 
bride  and  groom,  guest  and  gift  lists,  and  plastic 
pages  for  photographs.  $6.50 


JOSEPH  FIELDING 
SMITH 

A    Best    Seller! 

Because    it:    Answers    so    many    timely    questions    asked 

by  Church  members. 
Because   it  is  written  by   such  a  well-informed  member 

of  the    General   Authorities   of  the   Church. 

Questions  asked  most  frequently  by  LDS 

Church  members  on  the  beliefs,  practices, 

and  interpretations  of  Scriptures  are  given 

concrete   and   concise   answers  by  the 

Church's  leading  scriptorian. 

$2.50 


See  handy  mail  order  coupon  on  next  page 


BweretlllBooh  Co. 

.      44   East   South  .  Temple  -Salt  Lake   City.-  Utah       ,  ^ 


APRIL   1958 


211 


Inspiring  words  of  faith  and  courage 
from  a  beloved  Apostle  .  .  . 


5. 


DR.  ADAM  S.   BENNION'S 


* 


While  memory  lasts,   "The  Candle  of  the  Lord"   will  rekindle  the 
glow  of  inspiration  which  the  gifted,  friendly  spirit  of  Adam  S. 
Bennion  brought  to  the  thousands  who  enjoyed  hearing  his  amiable 
voice.   His  personality  was  a  catalyst  which  sparked  the  personalities 
of  others  to  noble  action.    His  ideas  furnished  the  fire  and  his 
enthusiasm  fanned  the  flame.   In  this  book  he  speaks  again  on  themes 
which  filled  his  heart:  the  spiritual  life,  love  of  country,  his  dedica- 
tion to  youth,  and  his  faith  in  the  noble  potentialities  of  his 

fellow  men. 

$3.75 

6. 


NOEL  C.  STEVENSON'S 

the  genealogical 
reader 


The  author  of  this  "Genealogi- 
cal Reader"  has  drawn  from 
many  sources  the  very  best 
information    on    genealogical 
research.   Much  of  the  data  has 
been   taken   from   leading 
magazines.   Beginners  and  vet- 
eran researchers  will  find  up-to- 
the-minute    information    on 
genealogical  research  and  how 
it  can  be  best  accomplished. 
By  the  author  of  "Search 
and  Research." 

$2.50 


If  ft! f 01 
111 


«t  «.»»»•»*** 


DeseretKBooh  Co: 

...     44  East  South  Temple  --  Salt  lake  City.  Utah      --*"» 


"wo'w^jtfwpsyrw^^pn^n'WTW''     •• 


DESERET  BOOK  COMPANY 
44   East   South   Temple 
Salt    Lake    City,    Utah 

Gentlemen:  Enclosed  you  will  find      (      )  check      (      )  money 


order.     I    have  an    account.     Please    charge    

Amount  enclosed  $ for  encircled    (numbered) 

books:  12  3  4         5  6         7  8 

Name    

Address    

City Zone State 

Residents  of  Utah   include  2%  sales  tax. 


7. 


^J\now  the  rJLciiiev-dau  S^cripL 


BENJAMIN    ALWARD 


ip 


\ureS 


This  companion  book  to  "Know  the  Bible"  contains  more 
than  one  thousand  selected,  pertinent  scriptural  passages 
on  the  basic  subjects  of  the  Restored  Church.  These  passages 
are  taken  from  the  Book  of  Mormon,  Doctrine  and  Covenants, 
and  Pearl  of  Great  Price.  Also,  in  this  one  volume,  is  valuable 
information  and  historical  data  on  these  three  volumes. 

$3.75 


8. 
NEW   POCKET  SIZE 


Triple  Combination 

Portable  edition,  containing  Book  of  Mormon,  Doctrine  and 
Covenants,  and  Pearl  of  Great  Price.  Same,  soft  durable 
leather  cover  as  on  regular  size  triple  —  page  size  31/4//x51/4,/- 
Clear,  legible  type.  $6.00 


212 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


These  Times 


The  Moral 
Equivalent  of  War 

by  Dr.  G.  Homer  Durham 

Vice  President,  University  of  Utah 


In  the  year  of  his  death,  the  Amer- 
ican psychologist  William  James 
(1842-1910)  pondered  human  be- 
havior and  the  problem  of  war.  In 
man's  competitive  and  combative  in- 
stincts he  saw  ( 1 )  the  seeds  of  pro- 
gress and  achievement  and  also  (2) 
the  source  of  conflict  and  war.  How 
to  curb  the  latter  without  destroying 
the  former?  James  offered  some  sug- 
gestions in  his  famous  essay,  "The 
Moral  Equivalent  of  War." 

This  year,  1958,  may  be  the  year 
some  readers  of  this  column  have 
the  opportunity  to  go  to  Russia.  As 
representatives  of  the  United  States 
of  America— if  they  are  US  citizens 
(citizens  of  other  countries  face 
similar  possibilities)  some  may  be 
introducing  William  James'  "moral 
equivalent"  on  a  broad  front. 

On  January  27,  1958,  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  signed  an  agreement 
for  cultural  exchange  with  the  Soviet 
Union.  Three  months  of  negotia- 
tions were  involved.  Ambassador 
William  Lacy  represented  the 
United  States.  Ambassador  G.  N. 
Zaroubin     represented     the     Soviet 


APRIL  1958 


Union.  Vice-president  Nixon  hailed 
the  achievement  in  a  special  news 
release. 

In  1958  and  1959  the  Soviet  Union 
will  send  nine  delegations  to  the 
United  States  in  the  following  fields : 

1.  Agricultural  mechanics 

2.  Animal  husbandry 

3.  Veterinary  science 

4.  Mixed  foods 

5.  Cotton  growing 

6.  Agricultural    construction    and 
electrification 

7.  Horticulture 

8.  Irrigation  and  reclamation 

9.  Forestry,  lumbering,  and  mill- 
work 

The  United  States  will  send  dele- 
gations to  the  Soviet  Union  in  the 
same  fields  during  the  two  years. 
If  you  are  an  agricultural  scientist, 
this  exchange  may  provide  you  with 
your  next  foreign  mission! 

If  you  are  a  medical  man  with  a 
specialty  in  antibiotics,  the  physiol- 
ogy or  pharmacology  of  the  nervous 
system,  radiobiology,  biochemistry, 
metabolic  disease,  endocrinology,  or 
commu-     (Continued  on  page  284) 


The  NAKED 
COMMUNIST 

W.  Cleon   Skousen 

Here  is  undoubtedly  the  easiest 
understood  volume  ever  pub- 
lished on  Communism,  written 
by  former  FBI  man  and  BYU 
faculty  member,  the  author  of 
two  popular  LDS  Church  books: 
"Prophecy  and  Modern  Times" 
and  "The  First  2000  Years," 
W.  Cleon  Skousen,  who  is  now 
the  Chief  of  Police  in  Salt  Lake 
City.  $4.95 


Questions  answered: 

•  Who   gave   Russia   the  A-Bomb? 

•  How   did   the   FBI    fight  the   battle  of 
the  underground? 

•  Why    did    the    West    lose    600    million 
allies   after  World   War   II? 

•  What   really   happened  in   Korea? 


DwcrcttSrkBooh  to. 


44    £jM   South    Te 


DESERET  BOOK  CO. 
44    East    South    Temple 
Salt  Lake    City,    Utah 

Gentlemen:  Enclosed  please  find  (  ) 
check  (  )  money  order.  Amount  en- 
closed    $ I     have     a 

charge    account.     Please    charge    

for copies     of     "The    Naked 

Communist." 

Name     

Address   - 

City Zone State — 

Residents  of  Utah   include  2%  sales  tax. 


213 


Use 

Samsonite 

ALL-STEEL 
FOLDING  CHAIRS 


Proven  strongest  and  safest 
by  actual  test! 


Letters 

and 

Reports 


Why  do  we  say  Samsonite  is  the  world's 
strongest  steel  folding  chair?  Because 
in  actual  tests,  Samsonite  withstood 
over  1000  pounds  (even  a  troupe  of 
acrobats)  without  buckling.  Now  in  11 
decorator  colors. 

No  tipping— Stand  on  any  part  of  the  seat. 
Self-adjusting  hinges  prevent  tilting. 

Extra  safety— Fold  it  or  unfold  it.  Samsonite 

can't  nip  your  fingers. 

Chip-resistant  finish— All  parts  have  bond- 

erized  baked  enamel  finish. 

Other  Fine  Samsonite  Chairs: 

A.  Samsonite  padded 
cushion  chair  —  Up- 
holstered with  dam- 
age-resistant vinyl. 

B.  Samsonite  folding 
armchair  —  Padded 
and  upholstered  vinyl 
seat,  back,  arm-rests. 

C.  Samsonite  folding 
tablet-arm    chair  — 

Natural  blonde  finish 
hardwood    tablet-arm. 


<C 


WRITE   FOR   free    Samsonite    catalog:    Shwayder    Bros., 
Inc.,  Institutional   Seating    Div.,   Dept.   IE-4,    Detroit. 

214 


LAIE   SCOUT   RECEIVES     EAGLE    BADGE 

Leroy  Keliiliki  is  believed  to  be  the  first 
Boy  Scout  in  Laie,  Hawaii,  to  receive  bis 
Eagle  badge.  His  mother,  Mrs.  John 
Keliiliki,  pinned  it  on  during  Scout 
Sunday,  February  9,  while  his  father, 
Elder  Keliiliki,  looked  on  (left).  Next  to 
Leroy  is  George  Q.  Cannon,  Jr.,  of  the 
mission  presidency,  and  president  of  the 
Aloha  Council,  BSA.  Scoutmaster  Aurillio 
Wayas  is  at  the  right.  Leroy,  who  is 
fourteen  years  old,  is  a  teacher  in  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  of  the  Laie  Second 
Ward,  Oabu  Stake.  He  has  three  Aaronic 
Priesthood  awards  and  next  year  hopes  to 
receive  the  Deseret  Recognition  award. 


New  York,  New  York 
Dear  Editors: 

.  .  .  Incidentally,  we  want  to  congratu- 
late you  on  the  modernization  of  your 
magazine.  We  think  it  is  now  one  of  the 
most  attractive  magazines  in  the  religious 
field. 

Sincerely, 

Three  Lions,  Inc. 

M.  G.  Lowenherz 


Schenectady,  New  York 
Dear  Editors: 

My  husband  and  I  extend  our  con- 
gratulations to  you  for  your  new  format. 
The  November  issue  was  a  pleasant  sur- 
prise since  we  were  not  expecting  to  see 
such  a  change  in  the  magazine.  We  are 
happy  to  see  that  this  new  format  extends 
even  to  the  spot  illustrations.  The  entire 
magazine  is  much  more  attractive.  It  de- 
mands to  be  read. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Mrs.  Hugh  Woodbury 


FPO,   San   Francisco, 
California 
Dear  Editors, 

By  the  influence  of  your  wonderful 
magazine,  The  Improvement  Era,  I  was 
able  to  convert  one  of  my  shipmates.  Now 
he  is  on  his  way  home  for  separation  from 
the  navy.  He  asked  me  to  write  and  start 
a  subscription  for  him. 

A  new  chapel  is  soon  to  be  built  in  An- 
niston,  Alabama,  which  is  just  six  miles 
from  his  home. 

I  hope  that  through  my  influence  and 
The  Improvement  Era's  great  help,  more 
people  will  realize  the  truth  of  our  mes- 
sage. I  have  really  gained  a  testimony 
while  serving  in  the  navy.  I  have  been 
blessed  and  will  do  my  best  to  serve  my 
God  and  fellow  man. 

May  the  Lord  bless  you  in  your  wonder- 
ful work. 

Cordially  yours, 
/s/  Elden  Clyde 


A  FAMILY  OF  WINNERS 

Ogden  Twenty-first  Ward,  Lorin  Farr 
( Utah )  Stake  is  proud  of  its  Sunday  School 
attenders,  especially  the  children  of  Elder 
and  Sister  E.  Herbert  Chase.  Left  to 
right,  first  row,  Jill  has  four  years  perfect 
attendance  and  Dana  six  years.  Back 
row,  Dale  has  seven  years,  Brooke  nine 
years,  and  Ladd  eight  years  Sunday  School 
attendance,  all  without  a  miss.  They  also 
have  an  excellent  Primary  record.  Dale 
is  in  his  second  year  of  cub  Scouting.  Ladd 
and  Brooke  have  carried  their  attendance 
activity  into  MIA,  where  Ladd  is  a  Ten- 
derfoot Scout  and  Brooke  is  a  Life  Scout, 
with  all  his  merit  badges  received  for  his 
Eagle.  Sister  Chase  teaches  the  Trail 
Builder  class  in  Primary. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


HOW  THE   CLUB  PLAN 
SAVES  YOU  UP  TO  20% 

With  every  four  books  you  buy  thru 
the  LDS  Books  Club,  you  receive  a  fifth 
book  of  your  choice  absolutely  free! 
(A  long  list  of  prized  LDS  Books  will 
be  sent  to  you  from  which  you  may 
choose.)  Thus  you  get  five  fine  church 
books  for  the  price  of  four  ...  a 
savings  of  approximately  20%. 

CAREFUL  SELECTIONS. 

Each  book  recommended  by  the  Club 
has  been  carefully  selected  after  a 
thorough  review  of  new  publications. 
Written  reviews  of  these  books  will  be 
sent  to  you  each  month,  with  one  of 
the  books  being  named  book-of-the- 
month. 

CONVENIENCE. 

After  reading  the  reviews,  if  you  wish 
to  receive  the  top  book  you  do  nothing 
— it  will  be  sent  to  you  postpaid  along 
with  a  statement.  If  you  do  not  want 
the  book,  you  return  the  postcard  pro- 
vided for  an  alternate  selection  (or  none 
at  all). 

BOOKS   FOR  CHILDREN. 

To  fill  the  need  for  good  books  in 
growing  families,  many  wonderful  titles 
are  offered  to  suit  every  age  group  from 
tots  to  teens. 

OLDER  L.D.S.  CLASSICS. 

Many  of  the  very  finest  Church  classics 
are  available  to  Club  members  through 
the  Club  and  carry  bonus  credit.  Non- 
bookclub  selections  are  available  to 
Club  members  also.  However,  these 
books  do  not  carry  bonus  credit. 

HOW  TO  JOIN. 

You  join  the  LDS  Books  Club  by  order- 
ing "The  Mormon  Story"  or  any  of  the 
other  choice  books  listed  at  the  right. 
You  may  order  as  many  books  each 
month  as  you  want  or  as  few  as  four 
books  a  year  will  keep  your  membership 
active.  After  you  have  purchased  four 
Book  Club  selections,  you  may  select 
your  free  bonus  book  from  a  long  list 
of  choice  Church  books.  This  list  is 
constantly  being  revised  and  added  to. 
Many  book-of-the-month  selections  ap- 
pear on  it. 


BUILD  YOUR  IDS  LIBRARY 
SYSTEM  TICALL  Y. . .  THE  EASY 
LDS  BOOKS  CLUB  WAY! 

CHOOSE  ONE  OF  THESE  BOOKS  AS  YOUR  FIRST  SELECTION: 

1.  THE  MORMON  STORY 

A  pictorial  account  of  Mormonism 
by  Rulon  S.  Howells 

There  is  no  other  book  like  this  best-seller. 

Contains  hundreds  of  rare  photographs, 

full  color  paintings,  and  illustrations  vividly 

portraying  the  significant  events  in  the 

restoration,  growth  and  progress  of  the 

Church.    Children  are  fascinated  with  it  .  .  . 

adults   (both  in  and  out  of  the  Church) 

are  thrilled   and  inspired  by  it.    It  belongs 

in  every  LDS  Library. 

$3.95 


2.   Book  of  Mormon  Stories   For 
Young  Latter-day  Saints 

By  Emma  Marr  Petersen.  Everything  chil- 
dren love  in  their  reading  .  .  .  heroes,  ad- 
venture, intrigue,  and  excitement  —  are 
found  in  these  true  stories  from  the  Book 
of  Mormon.    Builds  faith  in  God. 

$3.00 


4.   Gospel  Ideals 

Discourses  of  President  David  O.  McKay 
containing  important  gospel  principles  ex- 
pounded with  keen  insight.  Current  course 
of  study  for  Sunday  School  Gospel  Doctrine 
class. 

$4.00 


6.   Our  Lord  of  the  Gospels 

By  J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr.  Brings  all  the  teach- 
ings of  Jesus  contained  in  the  Four  Gospels 
and  the  Book  of  Mormon  into  one  complete 
harmony.  Current  Melchizedek  Priesthood 
course  of   study. 

$5.00 


3.   JOSEPH   SMITH   BEGINS 
HIS  WORK 

Contains  an  authentic  reproduction  of  a 
complete  "First  Edition"  Book  of  Mormon 
reprinted  from  the  original  uncut  sheets  of 
E.  B.  Grandin.  See  Bookcraft  ad,  page  216 
for   complete    description   of   this    classic. 

$5.95 


5.   Our  Leaders  Speak 

Excerpts  from  speeches  given  at  BYU  devo- 
tionals  by  General  Authorities  and  such 
well    known   people  as   Cecil   B.    DeMille. 

$2.95 


7.   Doctrine  and  Covenants 
Commentary 

By  Joseph  Fielding  Smith  and  others.  A 
completely  indexed  and  revised  edition.  A 
most  valuable  help  to  studying  and  under- 
standing   this    important    book   of    scripture. 

$4.00 


FILL  OUT 
COUPON   AND 
MAIL  TODAY! 

If  you  do  not  wish  to 

mutilate  your  Era 

send  information  on 

separate  sheet 


LDS   BOOKS  CLUB  4-58 

161    East  Utopia   Ave.,    Salt    Lake   City    15,    Utah 

Enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  LDS  Books  Club  and  send  the  follow- 
ing circled  book(s)  as  my  first  selection.  Check  or  money  order  for 
$ enclosed.     (Utah   residents  add  2%  sales  tax.) 

1  2  3  4  5  6  7 


Name    .. 
Address 
City    


State. 


APRIL  1958 


215 


WOULD 

YOU  LIKE 

TO  OWN  A 

"FIRST  EDITION" 

BOOK  OF 


NOW  AVAILABLE  ...  the  book 
that  everyone  has  waited  for! 
Contains  a  reprint  of  the  entire 
'First  Edition"  Book  of  Mormon 
from  the  original  uncut  printed 
sheets  from  the  press  of 
E.  B.  Grandin! 


mwmsm 

mmm-im 


I  SMITH 
J1* 

m 


*& 


mi1*0 


$\i 


f# 


t- 


% 


^ 


>^ 


i 

II 


■:■»;■; 

m 


m 

m 
ma 

111 


tm 


BOOKCRAFT 

Telephone  HU  7-7488 
1186  South  Main  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


1.  JOSEPH  SMITH  BEGINS  HIS  WORK 

With  Photos   and   Documents 

Provided   by 

Wilford   C.  Wood 

Here  for  the  first  time  is  your  opportunity  to 
own   an   authentically  reproduced   "First  Edition" 
Book  of  Mormon,  reprinted  by  a  costly  photo- 
offset    process    from    original    uncut    sheets 
taken  from  the  press  of  E.  B.  Grandin  in  Palmyra. 
In  addition  to  the  complete  1830  "First  Edition" 
Book  of  Mormon,  this  volume  contains  rare 
photographs,  documents,  and  little   known  facts 
concerning  the  history  of  the  Book  and  its 
actual   printing.    Every  student  of  the  Book  of 
Mormon  will  want  a  copy.    Limited  edition  will 
be  available  so  order  your  copy  now.  $5.95 


216 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


2.  ROUTE  FROM  LIVERPOOL  TO 
GREAT  SALT  LAKE  VALLEY 

The  first  book  in  the  "Reprints  of  Classics"  series. 

First    published    in    1855,    this   classic    historical    record    of    the 
L.O.S.    emigration    from    Europe    is    richly    illustrated    by 
Frederick  Piercy  of  Liverpool  who  made  the  trip  to   Salt   Lake  and 
back   specifically   to  sketch   the   highlights  and  scenic 
wonders   of  the  journey.     His  inspired  and   authentic   draw- 
ings  and    his   fascinating    commentary    present    a    rare    insight   into 
the  faith  and  courage   of  those  early   saints.     Along   with   the 
scores   of   priceless    illustrations   is   a    geographical   and 
historical    description    of    the    emigration    right    up    to    the    close 
of   1855.     Illustrations    include  views   of   Nauvoo   and  the 
ruins  of  the  Temple,  views  of  Carthage  jail,  portraits 
of    Joseph,    Hyrum,    their    Mother,    Lucy    Smith,    and    sons    of    the 
Prophet,  Joseph   and    David  Smith.     Original  editions  of  this 
classic    are    bringing    $300.00    today. 

$4.00 


3.  WHY  I  AM  A  MORMON 

By  Wallace   F.    Bennett 

Written  primarily  for  the  non-Mormon,  the  author  has  here  turned  out 
a  remarkable  book  for  every  Mormon  to  read  and  enjoy.  Clear,  forceful 
and  direct,  this  inspiring  volume  guides  the  reader  through  the  history 
of  the  Church,  introduces  its  founders  and  makes  them  live,  and  explains 
the  doctrines  and  principles  that  have  made  the  Church  great.  It  is  an 
interesting  trip  through  all  Mormonism,  led  by  a  dynamic  guide  who 
has  an  abiding  faith  in  God  and  the  divinity  of  the  Gospel.  Will  help 
any  Church  member  answer  the  question:  "Why  am  I   a  Mormon?" 

$2.75 


w 


•£::::::: 


II 


BOOKCRAFT 

PUBLISHERS  TO  THE   L.D.S.  TRADE 

1 1 86  SOUTH  MAIN        •      HU   7-7488 


APRIL  1958 


4.  THAT  YE  MIGHT  HAVE  JOY 

By  Bryant  S.   Hinckley 

Now,   a   sequel  to  the  very  popular  volume,  "Not   By   Bread   Alone." 

Teachers,  officers,  and  leaders  of  all  ages  addresses.      Its     pages    are     packed    with 

will  find  this   rich   collection   of   short  arti-  faith,   encouragement,  comfort  and   down- 

cles    and    stories   an    invaluable    source    of  to-earth     helps    for    solving     day    to     day 

nspiration  and  help  for  lessons  and  public  problems.  $1.50 


BOOKCRAFT  4-58 

1186   South    Main,    Salt    Lake    City,    Utah 

Please   send   the  following   circled   books  for  which     M 

I    enclose    $.. in    (      )   check   or    (      )   money 

order.  J*Ks 

12  3  4  || 

Name     

Address      

City Slate |?£" 

217 


DURHAM 

makes  the  folding  metal  chairs 


you  need ! 


S        TESTED         >x 

/    AND  APPROVED     \ 

I  BY  LEADING  , 

^INSTITUTIONS   FOR  / 

VOVER  50  YEARS  / 

* ** 

COMFORTABLE, 
HANDSOME 

Streamlined  styling. 
They  look  easier  to 
use,  more  comfortable 
. . .  and  they  are!  Extra 
width  seats  and  backs, 
shaped  and  curved  for 
correct,  easy  posture. 


No.  875 

DURABLE, 

EASY  TO  HANDLE 

Tested  strength, 
achieved  by  using 
heavier  gauge  steel 
and  improved  design, 
the  result  of  50  years' 
experience  in  manu- 
facture. Easy  to  fold, 
carry,  set  up  again. 


No.  868 


ECONOMICAL  TO 
BUY  AND  TO  USE 

Price-wise  and  quality- 
wise,  you'll  find 
DURHAM  chairs  your 
best  investment.  They 
retain  their  sturdiness 
and  good  looks 
through  years  of 
roughest  usage. 


No.  605  R 

POSTURE-CORRECT 
LADDERBACK... 
ONE  OF  MANY 
STYLES  FOR 
JUVENILES 

ALSO  TABLET  ARM- 
CHAIRS  FOR  ADULTS 
AND   JUVENILES.  No.  251 

STYLING  that  lasts  ...  in  CHAIRS 

that  LAST... and  LAST. ..and  LAST! 

Write  for  catalog  giving  complete  specifi- 
cations and  illustrating  the  superior  con- 
struction features  of  Durham  folding 
metal  chairs.  Choice  of  channel  or  tubu- 
lar steel  frames.  Wood,  steel  or  padded, 
upholstered  seats.  Posture-curved  metal, 
contoured  wire,  or  padded,  upholstered 
backs.  Hymn  rack  attach- 
ments. Also  folding  tables, 
folding  chair-ladders,  steel 
book  shelf  units  for  use  in 
libraries  and  offices.  Be 
sure    of   the   best    —   buy 

DURHAM! 

DURHAM  mfg.  corp. 

Dept.    E-48,   MUNCIE,    INDIANA 


America's  Most  Complete  Line  of  Folding 
and  Informal  Furniture 


218 


The  Church 
Moves  On 


February  1958 

Elder  Harold  B.  Lee  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve  dedicated 
the  chapel  of  the  Redwood  First  and  Second  wards,  North 
Jordan  (Utah)  Stake. 
Elder  LeGrand  Richards  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve  dedi- 
cated the  chapel  of  the  Grant  Ward,  South  Los  Angeles  (California) 
Stake. 

Taylorsville  (Utah)  Stake  divided  to  form  Kearns,  Kearns  North, 
and  Taylorsville  stakes.  Elder  Merrill  A.  Nelson,  first  counselor 
in  the  Taylorsville  Stake  presidency,  sustained  as  president  of 
Kearns  Stake,  with  Elders  Grant  H.  Linford  and  Sheldon  H.  Holmes 
as  counselors.  There  are  five  wards  in  Kearns  Stake  with  a  mem- 
bership of  approximately  5100.  Elder  Volma  W.  Heaton  sustained 
as  president  of  Kearns  North  Stake,  with  Elders  Jack  R.  Prince 
and  Eugene  W.  Pearson  as  counselors.  There  are  six  wards  in 
Kearns  North  Stake,  with  a  combined  membership  of  approximately 
4800.  President  Wayne  C.  Player  continues  to  preside  in  Taylors- 
ville Stake,  with  Elder  Seymour  J.  Godfrey,  his  former  second 
counselor,  sustained  as  first  counselor,  and  Elder  Richard  A.  Barker 
sustained  as  his  new  second  counselor.  There  are  three  wards 
in  Taylorsville  Stake.  Elders  Harold  B.  Lee  and  Henry  D.  Moyle 
of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve  directed  these  changes,  bringing 
the  total  number  of  stakes  now  functioning  in  the  Church  to  256. 

Representatives  of  fifteen  Ogden  (Utah)  area  stakes  ap- 
proved plans  for  the  construction  of  a  new  210-bed  hospital 
upon  a  twenty-seven  acre  tract  in  Ogden.     When  the  new 

building  is  completed,  the  Thomas  D.  Dee  Memorial  Hospital  will 

be  disposed  of,  it  was  decided. 

An  expansion  program  for  Brigham  Young  University  was 
announced  by  Dr.  Ernest  L.  Wilkinson,  its  president,  who 
also  announced  a  fund-raising  campaign  to  support  it.  Presi- 
dent W.  Noble  Waite  of  South  Los  Angeles  Stake  had  previously 
been  named  to  head  the  fund  drive.  The  first  goal  is  to  raise  five 
million  dollars  in  the  next  three  and  one-half  years.  Thereafter, 
the  program  will  be  expanded  to  meet  the  further  needs  of  the 
university.  President  Wilkinson  explained  that  the  BYU  "look  into 
the  future"  will  concentrate  on  five  goals:  (1)  establishment  of  an 
outstanding  faculty  with  improved  salaries;  (2)  additional  scholar- 
ships; (3)  expansion  of  the  campus;  (4)  extension  of  BYU  services 
to  the  Church;  (5)  increased  laboratory  and  library  facilities.  No 
timetable  has  been  set  up  for  the  completion  of  the  developments, 
but  hopes  are  that  they  can  be  completed  by  1975,  the  centennial 
year  for  the  "Y." 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


N       N 


U       N 


I       N 


THE 


'"■'."■  <■■■' 

'111 


II 


JOHN    D 

IN 


The  Biggest  Self-Propelled  Ever  Built 


Here  is  the  big  95  in  heavy  wheat. 
The  95  has  15  per  cent  more  ca- 
pacity than  any  other  self-propelled 
on  the  market  today. 


/"■"N 


Now  There  Are  3  Great  John  Deere  Self-Propelleds  from  8  to  18  Feet 


Big — big  in  every  respect — that's  the  new  John  Deere 
95  Combine.  The  95  is  not  only  big  in  its  14-,  16-,  or 
18-foot  cut — but  behind  that  big  platform  is  a  40-inch 
feeder  ...  a  40x22  rasp-bar  cylinder  .  .  .  5600  square 
inches  of  separating  area  .  .  .  and  over  4,000  square 
inches  of  cleaning  area.  Here's  practical  bigness- 
bigness  that  pays  off  in  more  acres  harvested  every 
day — in  more  and  cleaner  grain  from  every  acre. 

In  addition  to  its  big  grain-handling  advantages, 
the  95  has  a  new  80  h.p.  John  Deere  Engine  ...  a 
60-busheI  grain  tank  that  empties  in  a  hurry  on  the 
go  or  standing  .  .  .  and  selective  ground  speed  which 


lets  you  match  the  forward  speed  of  the  combine  to 
the  condition  of  the  crop. 

There  are  also  many  comfort  and  convenience  fea- 
tures on  the  95.  Among  these  are  power  steering  ...  a 
new  inclined  automotive-type  steering  pedestal  .  .  . 
big,  total-contact  brakes  ...  a  folding  grain  elevator 
and  radiator  screen  to  reduce  height  for  convenient 
storage — on  and  on — advantage  after  advantage — 
the  95  has  them  all. 

See  the  new  95  at  your  John  Deere  dealer's.  He  also 
has  the  8-  or  10-foot  45,  and  the  12-  or  14-foot  55. 


JOHN  DEERE 

l  JOHN    CtlRfJ        "WHEREVER     CROPS    GROW,    THERE'S    A    GROWING    DEMAND 

FOR    JOHN    DEERE    FARM    EQUIPMENT" 


SEND  FOR 

FREE 
LITERATURE 


JOHN    DEERE       •       Moline,    III.       •       Dept.   M50     1 

Please    send    me    complete    information    on    the    ' 

I 


new  95  Combine. 

Name. 

R.R._ 


Q  Student 


.Box_ 


Town_ 
State_ 


APRIL   1958 


219 


"If  I  wore  white 
shoes,  I'd  beg  for 
HOLLYWOOD  SANI-WHITE" 


You  don't  have  to  beg  for 

HOLLYWOOD 


sani-white 

SHOE    POLISH 

But . . .  you'll  demand  Hollywood  Sani-White  once  you 
know  how  good  it  is.  Keeps  white  shoes  looking  smart 
and  fresh  at  all  times.  Does  not  streak.  Safest  for 
baby,  because  it's  non-toxic. 


FOR    ALL    WHITE    SH 


Your  shoes  will 

be  white  as  snow, 

when  you  use 

HOLLYWOOD 

sani- 
white 

ClfANS  AS  IT  WHITENS        ^ 


"FOR  THE  WHITEST  OF  WHITE, 
GET  SANI-WHITE" 

Also  makers  of  the  famous 

SANI-BROWN,  SANI-BLACK, 
SANI-RED 

AND  ALL  HOLLYWOOD     SKUF 
COLORS 

If  your  dealer  is  out,  call  or  write: 

BEEHIVE  SALES 
COMPANY 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

Phone  HU  5-1476 
P.  0.  Box  1233 


Let  us  recommend  a  good  oculist 
(M.D.)  for  your  eye  examination, 
then  bring  your  prescription  to  us 
for  the  best  in  eye  wear. 

Three  convenient  locations — 

THE 
OPTICAL  SHOP 

420    Boston    Building 

352  East  First  South 

1062  East  2100  South 


Elder  Thorpe  B.  Isaacson  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric  dedi- 
cated the  chapel  of  San  Pedro  Ward.     The  building  also 
serves  as  the  center  for  the  Redondo  (California)  Stake. 
Elder  Milo  J.  Bosshardt  sustained  as  president  of  North  Sevier 
(Utah)  Stake,  with  Elders  Victor  J.  Rasmussen  and  Melvin  J.  Thai- 
man.    They  succeed  President  Dale  H.  Petersen  and  his  counselors, 
Elder  Blain  C.  Curtis  and  G.  Glen  Taylor. 

Elder  William  L.  Stoker,  formerly  first  counselor  in  San  Mateo 
(California)  Stake  presidency,  sustained  as  president,  succeeding 
President  Melvin  P.  Pickering.  Elder  William  S.  Durrant,  formerly 
second  counselor,  sustained  as  first  counselor.  Elder  James  B. 
Jacobson  sustained  as  the  new  second  counselor. 

Elder  Adam  S.  Bennion  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve  died 
at  8:35  this  morning.    Death  came  quietly  to  the  seventy-one 
year-old  Church  leader  who  had  suffered  a  cerebral  hem- 
orrhage on  February  5. 

Funeral  services  were  conducted  in  the  Salt  Lake  Tabernacle 
for  Elder  Adam  S.  Bennion  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 


Three  new  members  of  the  general  board  of  the  Relief  So- 
ciety were  announced:  Irene  B.  Woodford,  Pearle  M.  Olsen, 
and  M.  Elsa  T.  Peterson. 


The  First  Presidency  announced  the  appointment  of  Elder 
Erick  Albert  Rosenvall  as  president  of  the  New  Zealand 
Temple.  Elder  Rosenvall,  a  Salt  Lake  City  builder,  has 
been  serving  as  a  labor  missionary  in  New  Zealand  since  the  sum- 
mer of  1955. 

General  President  Bertha  S.  Reeder  of  the  YWMIA  an- 
nounced that  a  total  of  38,218  individual  awards  were  pre- 
sented to  young  women  during  the  year  closing  May  31,  1957. 
This  represented  an  increase  of  2103  over  1956.  Awards  given  in 
the  missions  also  increased  from  1216  to  1346.  Leaders  awards 
rose  from  5803  to  6432  in  the  year  in  the  stakes  and  from  241  to  314 
in  the  missions. 

Orlando  Stake,  257th  such  unit  now  functioning  in  the 
Church,  organized  in  Florida  with  Elder  W.  Leonard  Duggar 
sustained  as  president,  and  Elders  Farrell  A.  Munns  and  W. 
Eugene  Hawkins  sustained  as  counselors.  Wards  are  in  Tampa, 
Bradenton,  Winter  Haven,  Ellsworth  Ward  (at  Deer  Park),  Mel- 
bourne, and  Orlando.  Branches  are  in  Dunedin,  St.  Petersburg, 
Springfield,  Dade  City,  Sanford,  New  Smyrna  Beach,  Fruitland 
Park,  Belleview,  and  Daytona  Beach.  About  thirty-two  hundred 
members  are  in  the  area  embraced  by  the  stake.  The  organization 
was  effected  by  Elders  Henry  D.  Moyle  and  Delbert  L.  Stapley 
of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

Elder  J.  Burns  Beal,  formerly  first  counselor  in  the  Lost  River 
(Idaho)  Stake  sustained  as  president,  succeeding  President  J.  Cleve 
Hansen,  who  was  released  with  his  second  counselor,  Elder  Fred 
H.  Boyer.  President  Beal's  counselors  are  Elders  Vernon  H.  Kotter 
and  John  L.  Dalling. 

March  1958 

Monterey  Bay  Stake  organized  from  portions  of  San  Jose 
(California)  Stake,  with  Elder  James  Newton  Wallace  sus- 
tained as  president,  and  Elders  George  Wilbur  Wheatley 
and  Quenton  J.  Taylor  sustained  as  counselors.  Wards  are  Pacific 
Grove,  Seaside,  Salinas,  Santa  Cruz,  and  Watsonville.  Branches 
are  Gilroy,  Harmony  Hills,  and  Hollister.  There  are  also  two 
servicemen's  groups  at  Fort  Ord,  functioning  under  the  stake's 
direction. 


220 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Up  to  40%  MORE  CAPACITY  for  your  money! 


Mccormick*  no.  36 
field  harvester 


Now,  chop  a  5-ton  wagon  load  in  8}4  minutes! 
Direct-cut  up  to  35  tons  of  hay  in  a  single  hour! 
Slash  your  forage  costs  with  a  new  McCormick 
No.  36  field  harvester  that  chops  as  much  as  40 
per  cent  more  than  other  choppers  in  its  price  class. 

This  tonnage-boosting  capacity  begins  with  the 
all-new  cutter  bar  which  handles  any  crop— heavy, 
tall,  or  tangled!  New  cam-action  reel,  with  spring- 
steel  teeth,  sweeps  a  full  6-foot  swath  into  the  full- 
width  positive  auger  feed.  Retracting  fingers  on 
the  auger  carry  cut  crop  from  reel  teeth  to  self- 
adjusting  feed  aprons. 

Floating  upper  feed  apron  rides  the  crop  to  pos- 
itively feed  a  full  swath  in  any  condition— com- 
presses and  grips  crop  for  clean  cutting  to  any 
length  from  H  to  6  inches.  Heavy  6-bladed,  44- 
inch-diameter  cutter  head  makes  4,500  cuts  a 
minute  .  .  .  develops  tremendous  slice-through 
momentum— helps  you  chop  record  tonnage  with 
less  power,  at  lowest  cost. 

3  INTERCHANGEABLE  HEADS  .  .  . 

All-new  Cutter  Bar 
Windrow  Pickup 
Big-capacity  Row  Crop 
— with  fast  4-bolt  mounting 


In  a  single  hour,  the  McCormick  No.  36 
chops  enough  forage  to  fill  this  new  5-ton 
McCormick  No.  60  power  unloading 
wagon  seven  times! 


,...:1r:--  ■ 


™*    -*  ***—  - 


*v-:-:  •:■:•:•>:$ 


If 


APRIL  1958 


Your  IH  dealer  would  enjoy  swapping  information  with  you  on 
modern  forage  handling  techniques  and  machinery.  Stop  in  today 
and  get  complete  information  on  the  No.  36  Field  Harvester. 


See   Your 


INTERNATIONAL  HARVESTER   Dealer 


International  Harvester  Products  pay  for  themselves  in  use— Farm  Tractors  and  Equipment . . .  Twine. .  .  Commercial  Wheel  Tractors  . 

Motor  Trucks  . . .  Construction  Equipment — General  Office,  Chicago  1,  Illinois 


221 


The  age-old  query;  the  glorious  answer 


He  is 


Since  man  in  his  forgetfulness  of  im- 
mortality first  looked  with  wonderment 
at  the  starry  heavens  or  sought  in  vain 
to  solve  the  mystery  of  his  being,  there 
has  harbored  in  every  intelligent  human 
being's  mind  the  age-old  query  pro- 
pounded by  Job:  "If  a  man  die,  shall 
he  live  again?"  (Job  14:14.) 

It  is  the  question  of  the  ages,  and 
though  divine  messages,  like  flashes 
from  the  eternal,  gave  to  every  genera- 
tion an  affirmative  answer,  yet  millions 
throughout  the  centuries  refused  to  ac- 
cept the  light  as  authentic  and  accord- 
ingly lived  their  allotted  time  in  doubt 
and  died  in  dreadful  darkness;  because, 
they  reasoned,  no  one  had  ever  returned 
from  the  realm  beyond  the  grave. 

The  most  significant  event,  therefore, 
in  all  human  history  was  the  discovery 
of  the  empty  tomb  on  that  memorable 
first  day  of  the  week,  together  with  the 
answer  from  the  heavenly  being. 

"Ye  seek  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  which 
was  crucified:  he  is  risen;  he  is  not  here; 
behold  the  place  where  they  laid  him." 
(Mark  16:6.) 

Those  lines  when  written  had  no  refer- 
ence whatever  to  Easter.  They  were  a 
simple  statement  concerning  the  resur- 
rection of  Jesus  Christ— one  of  the 
greatest  events  in  the  history  of  mankind. 

Easter,  a  spring  festival,  was  adopted 
from  the  pagan  celebration  given  in  hon- 
or of  Eostro,  a  Saxon  goddess  of  spring 
corresponding    to    Ashtoreth    of    Syria. 

All  that  men  say  of  Eastertide  as  the 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


The  Editors  Page 


risen:  He  is  not  here 


by  President  David  O.  McKay 


season  of  new  life  and  new  hope  may  be  appropriately 
connoted  with  this  ancient  pre-Christian  festival.  True, 
spring  and  the  resurrection  are  happily  associated,  not 
that  there  is  anything  in  nature  exactly  analogous  to 
the  resurrection,  but  there  is  so  much  of  springtime 
which  suggests  the  thought  of  awakening.  Like  the 
stillness  of  death,  Old  Winter  has  held  in  his  grasp 
all  vegetable  life,  but  as  spring  approaches,  the  tender, 
life-giving  power  and  heat  and  light  compel  him  to 
relinquish  his  grip,  and  what  seemed  to  have  been 
dead  gradually  awakens  to  a  newness  of  life. 

Not  a  symbol  but  a  reality 

But  the  reawakening  of  physical  life  or  even  the 
rehabilitation  of  spiritual  ideals  is  not  the  real  signifi- 
cance of  Easter  as  celebrated  by  the  early  Christians. 

They  commemorated  the  coming  forth  from  the 
tomb  of  their  Crucified  Lord,  the  Resurrected  Christ. 

To  all  who  accept  Christ  as  Savior,  his  resurrection 
is  not  a  symbolism  but  a  reality. 

That  his  coming  forth  from  the  tomb  was  accepted 
as  a  fact  by  his  disciples  is  a  certainty.  They  knew, 
for  their  eyes  beheld,  their  ears  heard,  their  hands 
felt  his  corporeal  presence.  It  was  the  knowledge 
that  the  Resurrected  Lord  talked  with  them  and 
moved  among  them  that  changed  discouraged,  fright- 
ened, despairing  disciples  to  confident,  fearless,  heroic 
preachers  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 

On  the  evidence  of  these  sincere,  guileless,  God- 
fearing witnesses,  faith  in  the  resurrection  of  Christ 
"has  its  impregnable  foundation." 

One  of  the  first  to  put  his  testimony  in  writing  was 
Marcus,  whose  original  Jewish  name  was  John.  There 
is  reason  to  believe  that  he  was  a  convert  of  Peter 
who  affectionately  refers  to  him  as  "Marcus,  my  son." 
Certainly  he  was  closely  associated  with  the  chief 
apostle  from  whom  he  heard  at  the  time— not  years 


after— all  the  details  surrounding  Jesus'  death,  burial, 
and  resurrection.  From  Mark  we  hear  the  glorious 
proclamation  of  the  first  empty  tomb  in  all  the  world. 
No  one  can  doubt  that  Mark  was  convinced  in 
his  soul  that  Christ  had  come  forth  from  the  grave. 
To  him  the  resurrection  was  not  questionable,  it  was 
real,  and  the  appearance  of  his  Lord  and  Master 
among  men  was  a  fact  established  in  his  mind  beyond 
the  shadow  of  doubt. 

Another  who  records  the  testimony  of  eyewitnesses 
was  Luke,  a  gentile,  a  proselyte  of  Antioch  in  Syria, 
where  he  followed  the  profession  of  physician.  What 
he  wrote  was  a  result  of  personal  inquiry  and  investi- 
gation, and  was  drawn  from  all  available  sources. 
Particularly  he  interviewed  and  recorded  the  declara- 
tions of  those  "who  from  the  beginning  were  eyewit- 
nesses and  ministers  of  the  word."  He  avers  that  he 
"accurately  traced  all  things  from  the  very  first,"  so 
that  he  might  "write  them  in  order."  This  means 
that  Luke  obtained  the  testimony  of  these  eyewit- 
nesses directly  from  them,  not  from  previous  narra- 
tives. 

Document  gives  testimony 

With  assurance  as  to  their  accuracy,  we  can  accept 
his  statements  in  regard  to  Peter's  and  Paul's  and  other 
apostles'  testimonies  regarding  the  resurrection.  True, 
neither  Mark  nor  Luke  testifies  that  he  saw  the  Living 
Christ;  but  fortunately  there  is  a  document  which 
gives  the  personal  testimony  of  an  eyewitness  to  an 
appearance  of  Jesus  after  his  death  and  burial.  This 
personal  witness  also  corroborates  the  testimony  not 
only  of  the  two  men  I  have  quoted,  but  of  others, 
also.  I  refer  to  Saul,  a  Jew  of  Tarsus,  educated  at  the 
feet  of  Gamaliel,  a  strict  Pharisee;  and,  before  his 
conversion,  Saul  was  a  bitter  persecutor  of  all  who 
believed  in  Jesus  of        (Continued  on  page  283) 


APRIL  1958 


Is  baptism  for  the  remission  of  sins 
time  of  the  Savior  only,  or 


Your 
Question 

by  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 
President  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 


QUESTION:  "In  our  study  group  we  were 

discussing  the  words  of  Jesus  to  Nicodemus:  'Except 
a  man  he  horn  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit,  he  cannot 
enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God;'  (John  3:5)  and  the 
question  arose  whether  this  was  an  edict  given  by  the 
Savior  that  was  binding  on  the  world  from  his  time 
only,  or  if  this  practice  and  commandment  had  existed 
from  the  beginning  of  time.  Some  of  us  thought  it 
was  a  new  doctrine  binding  upon  the  world  from  the 
Saviors  time  and  that  in  ancient  times,  and  until  his 
coining,  there  were  other  principles  of  salvation  which 
did  not  include  baptism  and  the  laying  on  of  hands 
for  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  It  was  stated  that 
baptism  is  not  mentioned  in  the  Old  Testament  and 
it  was  felt  by  some  surely  if  it  was  the  practice  an- 
ciently the  Old  Testament  would  have  some  mention 
of  it.  Will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  enlighten  us  on  this 
question?" 

ANSWER:  Your  view  is  one  believed  in 

by  some  religious  denominations,  but  it  is  contrary 
to  the  teachings  of  the  Bible. 

Baptism  for  the  remission  of  sins  is  an  ordinance 
of  the  gospel  which  has  been  required  of  all  who 
seek  the  kingdom  of  God  since  the  transgression  of 
Adam.  We  may  well  believe  that  it  is  an  ordinance 
which  has  prevailed  on  every  earth  created  through 
the  ages  where  mortality  prevailed.  In  fact,  each 
principle  and  ordinance  of  the  gospel  has  always  been 
required  for  the  salvation  of  mortal  man. 

There  are  several  reasons  why  baptism  would  not 
be  mentioned  in  the  Old  Testament.  First,  baptism 
is  a  Greek  word  meaning  to  dip  or  immerse.  The 
Old  Testament  was  written  in  Hebrew,  therefore  the 
word  baptism  would  not  be  found  in  the  original 
writings.  There  are  some  passages  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment that  could  be  interpreted  to  refer  to  baptism 
such  as  washing  and  cleansing.  The  font  in  the  temple 
of  Solomon  was  evidently  used  for  this  purpose. 

Second,  through  the  years  scribes  were  busy  mak- 
ing copies  of  the  scriptures,  and  they  inadvertently, 
or  otherwise,  made  some  changes.  There  is  no  original 
copy  of  any  of  the  books  of  the  Bible  known  to  man 


224 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


an  ordinance  of  the  gospel  binding  on  the  world  from  the 
was  it  also  required  in  earlier  dispensations? 


today;  that  eliminations  could  have  occurred  is  very 
possible. 

Third,  in  later  translations  after  the  scriptures  fell 
into  the  hands  of  Christian  scholars  who  did  not 
accept  baptism  by  immersion,  other  errors  could  have 
occurred.  Especially  was  this  the  case  as  it  was  re- 
vealed to  Nephi  by  the  angel  of  the  Lord.  On  this 
point  Nephi  wrote: 

"And  the  angel  of  the  Lord  said  unto  me:  Thou  hast 
beheld  that  the  book  proceeded  forth  from  the  mouth 
of  a  Jew;  and  when  it  proceeded  forth  from  the  mouth 
of  a  Jew  it  contained  the  plainness  of  the  gospel  of 
the  Lord,  of  whom  the  twelve  apostles  bear  record; 
and  they  bear  record  according  to  the  truth  which 
is  in  the  Lamb  of  God. 

"Wherefore,  these  things  go  forth  from  the  Jews 
in  purity  unto  the  Gentiles,  according  to  the  truth 
which  is  in  God.. 

"And  after  they  go  forth  by  the  hand  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb,  from  the  Jews  unto  the  Gentiles, 
thou  seest  the  foundation  of  a  great  and  abominable 
church,  which  is  most  abominable  above  all  other 
churches;  for  behold,  they  have  taken  away  from  the 
gospel  of  the  Lamb  many  parts  which  are  plain  and 
most  precious;  and  also  many  covenants  of  the  Lord 
have  they  taken  away. 

"And  all  this  have  they  done  that  they  might  per- 
vert the  right  ways  of  the  Lord,  that  they  might  blind 
the  eyes  and  harden  the  hearts  of  the  children  of 
men."1 

Baptism  a  fundamental  principle 

The  Book  of  Mormon  teaches  us  that  baptism  for 
the  remission  of  sins  was  a  fundamental  principle  of 
the  gospel  among  the  Nephites  from  the  time  of  Lehi 
all  through  their  history.  Jacob,  son  of  Lehi,  in  a 
most  wonderful  discourse  on  the  mission  of  Jesus 
Christ,  said  to  them: 

"And  he  commandeth  all  men  that  they  must  re- 
pent, and  be  baptized  in  his  name,  having  perfect 
faith  in  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  or  they  cannot  be 
saved  in  the  kingdom  of  God. 


(See  page   287   for  footnotes.) 


"And  if  they  will  not  repent  and  believe  in  his 
name,  and  be  baptized  in  his  name,  and  endure  to  the 
end,  they  must  be  damned;  for  the  Lord  God,  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel,  has  spoken  it."2 

All  through  the  Book  of  Mormon  there  are  refer- 
ences to  baptism  as  an  ordinance  for  the  remission 
of  sins.  What  their  word  for  baptism  was  is  not 
revealed,  but  in  the  translation  the  Prophet  Joseph 
Smith  used  the  familiar  expression  of  our  time. 

Purpose  of  baptism  explained 

In  the  Pearl  of  Great  Price  the  purpose  of  baptism 
is  explained  as  taught  to  Adam  as  follows: 

"Wherefore  teach  it  unto  your  children,  that  all 
men,  everywhere,  must  repent,  or  they  can  in  nowise 
inherit  the  kingdom  of  God,  for  no  unclean  thing 
can  dwell  there,  or  dwell  in  his  presence;  for,  in  the 
language  of  Adam,  Man  of  Holiness  is  his  name,  and 
the  name  of  his  Only  Begotten  is  the  Son  of  Man, 
even  Jesus  Christ,  a  righteous  Judge,  who  shall  come 
in  the  meridian  of  time. 

"Therefore  I  give  unto  you  a  commandment,  to 
teach  these  things  freely  unto  your  children,  saying: 

"That  by  reason  of  transgression  cometh  the  fall, 
which  fall  bringeth  death,  and  inasmuch  as  ye  were 
born  into  the  world  by  water,  and  blood,  and  the 
spirit,  which  I  have  made,  and  so  became  of  dust  a 
living  soul,  even  so  ye  must  be  born  again  into  the 
kingdom  of  heaven,  of  water,  and  of  the  Spirit,  and 
be  cleansed  by  blood,  even  the  blood  of  mine  Only 
Begotten;  that  ye  might  be  sanctified  from  all  sin, 
and  enjoy  the  words  of  eternal  life  in  this  world,  and 
eternal  life  in  the  world  to  come,  even  immortal  glory; 

"For  by  the  water  ye  keep  the  commandment;  by 
the  Spirit  ye  are  justified,  and  by  the  blood  ye  are 
sanctified."3 

Therefore  Adam  was  baptized,  and  the  Spirit  of 
God  descended  upon  him,  and  thus  "he  was  born  of 
the  Spirit,  and  became  quickened  in  the  inner  man."4 

When  John  the  Baptist  came  from  the  wilderness 
crying  repentance  and  baptizing  all  who  came  to  him, 
his  act  did  not  seem  to  create  any  curiosity  as  if  he 
were  introducing  some         (Continued  on  page  261) 


APRIL  1958 


225 


The  great 


labor  of  love 


Gordon  T.  Alfred,  Editorial  Associate 


When  a  lonely  seaman  arrived  in  Tuhikaramea, 
New  Zealand,  many  months  ago— from  no  one  knows 
where— he  little  realized  that  his  wandering  days  had 
about  ended. 

While  all  the  facts  are  not  known,  something  about 
like  this  occurred: 

Through  tired  eyes  he  beheld  a  vast  sweep  of  land 
undergoing  birth  pains— a  series  of  buildings,  one  of 
which  bore  the  marks  of  a  modern  college.  Beyond, 
swelling  on  a  hill,  was  something  else.  What  was  it, 
a  giant  chapel?  A  great  edifice  out  there,  its  tower 
stabbing  at  the  sky.  Perhaps  the  scene  sobered  him 
a  little. 

Wandering  on,  he  encountered  a  group  of  Maori 
workers,  boys  most  of  them,  and  began  asking  ques- 
tions. A  little  later,  when  his  sea  legs  grew  rubbery 
from  fatigue,  the  workers  took  him  to  their  own 
quarters,  fed  and  put  him  up  for  the  night. 

It  may  have  been  some  time  before  he  even  faintly 


understood  what  the  project  really  was,  but  the  next 
day,  reluctant  to  leave,  he  joined  the  work  crew,  a  crew 
which,  strangely  enough,  received  no  wages— only 
board  and  room  and  a  small  weekly  allowance.  More 
curious  still,  the  entire  construction  program,  with 
some  two  hundred  workers  and  technicians,  func- 
tioned on  the  same  basis.  Those  people  called  them- 
selves "Mormons."  Young  men,  older  men  with  wives 
and  children,  Maoris  and  Americans  together,  they 
formed  a  compact  community  of  about  five  hundred, 
all  donating  their  time  to  the  construction  of  a  college 
and  a  temple.  What's  more,  he  learned,  such  people 
were  doing  similar  things  throughout  the  South 
Pacific— building  schools,  and  chapels,  teaching  their 
philosophy.     Free! 

Yes,  he'd  heard  about  the  Mormons  somewhere— 
a  strange  lot,  weren't  they?  But  this,  all  that  was 
going  on  about  him.  .  .  .  And  they  were  doing  it  all 
free.    This  beggared  the  wildest  tales  he'd  ever  heard 


Air  view  of  temple  project 
temple,  motels  on  left.     1 


r& 


Temple   president's   home   to   the   rear  of 
:ed  gardens  are  planned  for  the  hill  slopes. 


Scaffolding  for  the  157-foot  tower.    The 
temple  at  this  stage  was  over  half  finished. 


about  such  people.  It  was  even  more  incredible  than 
the  story  about  a  people  with  horns  sprouting  from 
their  heads. 

They  were  a  happy  people,  a  singing  people,  a 
smiling  people,  generous,  hard  working,  reverent,  and 
simultaneously  fun  loving.  No,  he  decided,  there  had 
to  be  an  ulterior  motive.  People  didn't  just  do  that 
sort  of  thing.  He  inquired  around.  Why?  The  real 
answer?     The  hidden  one? 

"It's  a  call  from  the  Lord,"  one  Maori  lad  said, 
simply. 

"We're  serving  a  mission,"  another  told  him. 

Mystified,  he  cornered  another  young  man.  "How 
long  have  you  been  here?"  he  asked. 

"Oh,  five,  maybe  six  years.     I  don't  know." 

"Five  or  six  years!  And  you  don't  care  how  long 
it's  been?"  The  other  merely  smiled  and  shrugged. 
"How  long  will  you  stay  here?" 

"Until  the  work's  finished." 

Possibly  the  seaman  stroked  his  stubby  chin.  It 
was  time  to  ask,  "What  are  you  getting  out  of  this?" 

"Oh,  we're  learning  a  profession,"  he  was  informed. 
"We're  gaining  skills,  which  will  help  us  to  find  a 
good  vocation  one  of  these  days.  But  that's  not  the 
main  reason  we  stay  on  here.     We've  been  called." 

"I  see,"  the  stranger  mused.  He  looked  up,  and 
made  a  sweeping  gesture.  "And  where  will  you  go 
when  this  is  all  finished?     Back  to  your  parents?" 

"For  a  while."  The  young  man  lifted  up  his  eyes 
to  the  temple  spire.  "Then  ...  I  think  I'll  go  on 
another  mission.  I  want  to  go  out  among  the  people. 
I  want  to  tell  them  what  I  know." 

The  seaman  shook  his  head.  A  good  feeling  here 
.  .  .  something  about  the  whole  atmosphere.  .  .  .  But 
after  all,  a  man  had  to  earn  a  decent  wage.  He 
couldn't  just  give  up  a  big  segment  of  his  life.  The 
man  wandered  quietly  off  toward  the  town.  Perhaps 
it  was  time  to  go  down  to  the  sea  once  more. 

No  one  saw  anything  of  him  for  a  while.  Like  a 
boat  with  its  mooring  cut,  he  had  just  drifted  outward, 
rudderless.  Then  one  day  workers  on  the  project 
saw  a  familiar  figure.  His  path  was  straighter,  and 
his  eyes  were  clear.  "I  want  to  work  with  you,"  he 
said  quietly.   "I  came  back." 


(Top  to  bottom)   Willard  Ahmu 
and  Hami  Nuku  working  atop 
scaffolding;  Earl  and  Cyril  Paea, 
brothers,  painting  cafeteria  window 
frames;   workmen  plastering  within 
the  temple   (names  not  available); 
group  of  workers,  some  of  whom 
will  sing  at  the  dedication  of 
temple,  relaxing  at  end  of  day. 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Months  later  that  same  man  stood  before  a  throng 
of  tourists,  explaining  some  of  the  astonishing  things 
he  had  learned  about  a  "peculiar"  people,  about  their 
schools  and  chapels,  about  the  modern  college,  about 
the  great  temple,  about  the  immensity  of  the  whole 
project  there  in  the  Pacific,  about  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints,  and  a  doctrine  which  had 
engendered  a  whole  history  of  human  effort,  and 
sacrifice.  He  was  now  a  guide  as  well  as  a  worker, 
one  of  the  best  guides  on  the  project.  He'd  been 
baptized  not  long  before.  His  anchor  had  at  last 
come  to  rest  on  the  solid  rock  of  the  gospel. 

A  great  many  people  have  been  attracted  to  that 
temple  and  college  site,  outside  Francton  Junction, 
not  far  from  Hamilton.  Some  have  looked,  gone  their 
way,  and  perhaps  all  but  forgotten  the  strange  under- 
taking. A  great  many  more  have  carried  with  them 
vivid  impressions  and  emotions,  which  are  leading 
them  to  seek  more  knowledge  about  its  underlying 
forces.  Others,  like  the  wayfaring  seaman,  have  be- 
come a  part  of  it  all,  of  the  great  building  endeavor, 
and  the  even  greater  gospel  encompassing  it. 

The  Church  has  seen  over  a  century  of  growth  in 
the  Pacific.  It  was  1854  when  the  first  missionaries 
debarked  in  New  Zealand,  and  not  until  a  good  many 
years  later  did  Church  construction  commence  on  a 
large  scale.  The  Maori  Agricultural  College,  first 
LDS-constructed  school  in  New  Zealand,  was 
dedicated  in  1913  near  Hastings  in  Hawkes  Bay. 
For  eighteen  years  it  flourished,  providing  training 
for  a  good  many  prominent 
New  Zealanders;  then  trag- 
edy rumbled— the  great 
Napier  earthquake  leveled 
the  buildings.  The  MAC 
came  to  an  end. 

From  1938  to  1945,  the 
revered  Elder  Matthew 
Cowley,  then  president  of 
the  New  Zealand  Mission, 
emphasized  the  need  for  a 
new  college.  Upon  return- 
ing to  America,  he  present- 


College   and  temple   project, 
showing  auditorium  and 
classroom  blocks   (right  fore- 
ground ) ;    dormitories 
(foreground,  left  of  center); 
teachers'    houses    ( center ) ; 
timber  tanalising  plant, 
(left   foreground);    temple 
on  rise  at  left. 


ed  his  views  to  the  General  Authorities,  who  readily 
accepted  them.  Subsequently,  Elder  Gordon  C.  Young 
was  set  apart  as  president  of  that  mission  and  assigned 
the  task  of  acquiring  a  location. 

In  the  long  history  of  selecting  Church  settlements 
and  building  sites,  one  element  seems  especially 
significant.  While  human  wisdom,  planning,  and 
hard  work  have  always  been  requisite,  there  has  like- 
wise been  need  for  guidance  from  on  high,  guidance 
which  has  often  come  with  surprising  directness  and 
spontaneity.  As  Brother  Young  traveled  the  Tuhi- 
karamea  Road  one  day,  he  was  impelled  to  exclaim, 
"This  is  the  place!"  just  as  another  Young,  an  ancestor, 
had  done  years  before  upon  viewing  the  Salt  Lake 
Valley.  There,  a  college  was  to  grow.  In  1950,  the 
Church  purchased  two  hundred  and  fifteen  acres, 
and  Elder  George  R.  Biesinger  was  called  to  super- 
vise construction  in  the  Pacific,  with  special  focus  upon 
New  Zealand.  With  scant  notice,  Elder  Biesinger 
left  a  million  dollars  worth  of  contracts  in  the  hands 
of  his  father,  who  had  to  come  out  of  retirement,  and 
went  to  his  first  assignment  on  a  chapel  in  Auck- 
land. In  1952,  he  launched  the  long-awaited  college 
construction. 

It  was  during  the  Christmas  vacation  that  ground- 
breaking ceremonies  were  held,  and  the  first  resi- 
dence was  completed  for  Elder  Biesinger  and  family. 
Thus,  after  thirty-nine  years,  a  Church  college  was 
rising  again  in  the  South  Pacific. 

While  members  in  that  quarter  of  the  globe  had 
long    thirsted    for    a         (Continued    on   page    268) 


APRIL   1958 


229 


Lawyer,  lawman,  educator,  W.  Cleon  Skousen  is  never  too  busy  to  be  a  Churchman,  or  to 
use  his  facile  pen  or  dynamic  speaking  ability  in  its  behalf.  He  was  born  in  Canada,  grew  to 
maturity  in  California  and  Mexico,  filled  a  mission  in  the  British  Isles,  and  later  served  as  president 
of  the  Washington  Stake  Mission.  He  was  for  many  years  with  the  FBI.  Elder  Skousen  is  a 
former  faculty  member  of  Brigham  Young  University,  serving  as  assistant  professor  of  speech 
and  director  of  public  services.  He  has  written  MIA  manuals,  the  script  for  a  motion  picture 
on  the  Church  welfare  plan,  and  several  books  which  have  proved  so  popular  that  they  have 
been  translated  for  Spanish-speaking  members  of  the  Church.  Presently  he  is  the  Gospel  Doctrine 
class  instructor  in  the  Parley's  Ward  Sunday  School.  The  latest  title  to  come  from  the  pen  of 
Salt  Lake  City's  chief  of  police  is  this  series,  "So  That's  What  Boys  Are  Made  of."  His  newest 
book,   just  off  the  press,   is  "The   Naked   Communist." 


(First  of  a  Series) 


So  you  want  to  raise  a  boy? 


W.  Cleon  Skousen, 
Chief  of  Police,  Salt  Lake  City 


Several  years  ago  I  was  invited  by  my  associates 
in  the  field  of  law  enforcement  to  write  a  book  on 
juvenile  delinquency.  Looking  back  on  it  now,  I 
think  the  reason  I  failed  to  respond  to  that  request 
was  because  my  own  brood  of  eight  little  whoop  'n 
holler  experts  were  gradually  giving  me  the  sneaking 
suspicion  that  what  parents  needed  was  not  so  much 
a  study  of  juvenile  delinquents  as  it  was  a  practical 
catalog  of  concrete,  cast  iron  suggestions  on  how  to 
raise  a  family  of  nondelinquents. 

So  that  is  what  this  present  study  will  be  mostly 
about.  It  is  an  adventurous  attempt  to  set  down  as 
simply  as  possible  the  ABC's  of  child  psychology  and 
the  XYZ's  of  parental  survival.  In  other  words,  these 
are  the  things  I  wish  someone  had  been  brave  enough 
to  tell  me  when  I  first  started  raising  my  own  family. 

One  may  wonder  why  this  particular  study  is  re- 
stricted to  boys.  It  is  simply  a  matter  of  expediency. 
The  plain  unvarnished  truth  is  that  ten  times  more 
boys  get  into  trouble  than  girls.  Obviously,  girls 
have  difficulties,  too,  but  perhaps  we  can  give  them 
their  fair  share  of  consideration  after  we  have  talked 
about  the  boys. 

In  launching  a  study  of  this  kind  we  might  take 
considerable  comfort  from  the  fact  that  there  are  no 
living  experts  on  the  subject  of  raising  boys.  There 
are  many  students  of  the  subject  but  no  experts.  I 
once  had  a  friend  who  was  newly  out  of  college  who 
boldly  proclaimed  himself  to  be  an  expert,  but  when 
I  met  him  a  few  years  later  he  was  a  broken  man. 
He  said  he  had  married  soon  after  having  graduated 
and  when  his  children  came  along  they  repealed  his 


education.  Of  course,  this  was  only  true  in  a  humorous 
and  relative  sense,  but  it  did  emphasize  a  lesson 
which  all  of  us  ultimately  learn,  namely,  that  there 
is  a  vast  difference  between  a  textbook  on  child  psy- 
chology and  a  real  live  boy— particularly  one  who 
has  inherited  all  the  maverick  qualities  of  his  father! 

"Am  I  Raising  a  Juvenile  Delinquent?" 

Here  is  a  question  parents  usually  ask  the  police 
every  time  a  boy  happens  to  get  into  serious  trouble. 
Just  so  those  parents  with  problem  boys  will  not 
think  we  are  going  to  leave  out  "delinquency"  alto- 
gether, let  us  state  a  few  facts  at  the  beginning  which 
may  help  clear  the  air  before  we  get  on  with  the  task 
of  discussing  the  raising  of  a  normal  boy. 

First  of  all,  it  is  somewhat  reassuring  to  newly  initi- 
ated parents  to  learn  that  it  is  normal  to  have  trouble 
with  their  children.  Most  young  couples  start  out 
married  life  with  profound  mutual  assurances  that 
their  children  will  be  different;  but,  like  the  rest  of 
us,  they  will  discover  that  when  their  children  come 
along  they  will  be  just  ordinary  human  beings  after 
all,  and  that  means  problems.  Of  course,  their 
problems  need  not  become  chronic,  but  problems 
there  will  be.  This  business  of  developing  human 
character  in  children  and  growing  good  citizens  is 
simply  an  old-fashioned  building  operation  and  noth- 
ing worth  while  was  ever  built  or  grown  without 
meeting  the  fury  of  many  frustrations  and  doing  a 
lot  of  on-the-spot  problem  solving. 

Studies  show  that  about  95%  of  the  parents  suc- 
ceed in  working  out  their  boys'  problems,  but  there 


230 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


kseKfi;,,  .  s* 


are  the  remaining  cases  where  the  problems  become 
so  complex  for  both  the  youngsters  and  their  parents 
that  they  fail  to  handle  them  in  a  manner  acceptable 
to  society.  And  that  is  all  juvenile  delinquents  really 
are-boys  with  problems  which  are  not  being  handled 
properly. 

Take,  for  example,  the  16-year-old  boy  who  can 
hardly  eat  or  sleep  because  he  wants  a  1948  stripped- 
down  four-wheel  beauty  which  he  has  spotted  on  a 
certain  downtown  used  car  lot.  If  his  anxiety  for  this 
car  stirs  him  into  action  so  that  he  surprises  his  folks 


by  actually  getting  a  job  and  buying  the  car,  we  pat 
him  on  the  back  and  say  he  will  probably  be  a  suc- 
cess in  life.  But  if  he  mumbles  and  mopes  around 
because  his  father  will  not  buy  him  the  car  and  uses 
this  as  an  excuse  to  go  out  some  night  and  steal  it, 
then  he  is  in  trouble  with  a  capital  T,  and  the  local 
police  will  soon  have  him  listed  as  a  J.D. 

This,  therefore,  is  the  first  thing  we  put  down  about 
a  so-called  juvenile  delinquent:  he  is  usually  an  ordi- 
nary boy  with  problems  which  he  and  the  adults 
around  him  are  not  handling  in  a  manner  acceptable 
to  the  rest  of  the  community. 


232 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


From  this  it  will  also  become  immediately  apparent 
that  a  delinquent  might  be  anybody's  boy.  He  does 
not  have  to  be  a  special  "type"  as  they  used  to  think 
a  few  years  ago.  He  is  not  a  boy  with  certain  facial 
features  or  with  a  certain  variety  of  skull  bumps.  He 
is  not  a  boy  who  was  raised  in  any  particular  part 
of  town  or  on  any  particular  economic  or  social  level. 
He  is  not  a  boy  of  a  particular  age  (after  World  War 
II  it  was  usually  age  18-19;  today  it  is  usually  14-15). 
He  is  not  necessarily  a  dull  boy  nor  does  he  necessarily 
have  a  dislike  for  school.  He  might  be  active  in  a 
boys'  organization  and  even  be  active  in  his  church. 
No  organization  and  no  family  are  100%  delinquency- 
proof. 

Who  Is  to  Blame  for  Juvenile  Delinquency? 

This  brings  us  to  the  second  important  point. 
Naturally,  when  people  observe  an  outcropping  of 
delinquency  they  tend  to  judge  the  builders  of  a 
human  personality  precisely  the  way  they  judge  the 
builders  of  a  house.  If  the  house  has  a  leaning  wall, 
a  cracked  foundation,  or  a  leaking  roof,  they  blame 
the  contractors.  Because  parents  are  God's  con- 
tractors for  the  building  of  character  in  children, 
people  tend  to  blame  them  when  the  product  is  faulty. 

But  police  officers  working  with  juvenile  problems 
learn  early  in  their  careers  to  respect  the  passage  of 
scripture  which  says,  "Judgment  is  mine,  saith  the 
Lord."  None  of  us  can  tell  from  a  distance  what  a 
set  of  parents  may  have  had  to  work  with  as  they 
tried  to  build  a  boy  into  a  good  citizen.  Sometimes 
there  are  defective  timbers,  nails  without  temper,  and 
a  disproportionate  amount  of  sand  in  the  concrete.  I 
have  seen  some  parents  who  have  given  a  youngster 
far  more  guidance  and  affection  than  his  pals  were 
getting  and  still  end  up  with  a  young  hoodlum. 

This  simply  means  that  some  parents  have  a  much 
tougher  assignment  than  their  neighbors  may  know 
about.    Therefore,  judgment  should  be  restrained. 

Still,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  certain  types  of 
parents  who  are  so  mixed  up  in  their  thinking  that 
they  treat  their  children  as  unfortunate  accumulations 
of  unwanted  baggage  who  should  be  dumped  on  the 
schools,  the  church,  or  some  social  agency  to  take 
care  of.  When  a  case  study  shows  that  a  boy  is  being 
raised  in  this  type  of  home  and  by  this  kind  of  parents, 
we  have  a  completely  different  problem.  The  indig- 
nation of  the  community  is  entirely  justified  and  that 
set  of  parents  should  be  subjected  to  whatever  pres- 
sures are  necessary  to  help  them  appreciate  their 
fundamental  responsibilities. 

Finally,  there  is  an  in-between  type  of  situation 
where  the  parents  are  sincerely  desirous  of  doing  a 
good  job,  but  their  boy's  delinquency  is  the  result  of 
a  temporary  period  of  neglect  when  a  father  is  unem- 


ployed, and  the  mother  is  trying  to  help  out  by  work- 
ing, or  there  has  been  an  illness  in  the  family,  or  some 
other  misfortune  has  attacked  the  normal  stability  of 
the  parents.  Of  course,  temporary  neglect  may  also  be 
the  result  of  too  much  prosperity  in  a  family.  The  sta- 
bility of  parents  may  be  attacked  by  excessive  social  or 
professional  pressures  so  that  they  lack  both  the  time 
and  energy   necessary  to   properly   supervise   a  boy. 

But  whether  the  temporary  neglect  of  a  boy  is  due 
to  misfortune  or  good  fortune,  if  the  attitude  of  the 
parents  is  basically  sound,  it  usually  needs  nothing 
more  from  the  police  than  a  polite  reminder  of  their 
neglect,  and  these  parents  will  cinch  up  the  slack  in 
their  home  life  and  take  care  of  Junior's  problems 
without  any  further  help  being  required  from  the 
community. 

The  vast  majority  of  the  cases  coming  to  the  atten- 
tion of  the  police  fall  within  this  last  category.  Studies 
show  that  where  parents  try  to  co-operate  with  the 
police,  95%  of  the  youngsters  will  make  satisfactory 
adjustments  after  their  first  arrest  and  never  come 
to  the  attention  of  the  police  again. 

What  Are  the  Trademarks  of  a 
Juvenile  Delinquent? 

A  delinquent  is  usually  a  boy  who  starts  out  with 
the  same  troubles  most  boys  have.  He  tends  to  dislike 
work,  doesn't  think  he  has  enough  money,  wants  a 
car,  wants  more  attention,  figures  he  is  a  social  misfit 
and  that  certain  people  don't  like  him,  has  trouble 
in  some  of  his  classes  at  school,  and  daydreams  a 
lot.  I  know  a  boy  we  will  call  "Joe"  who  is  struggling 
with  these  very  problems,  but  I  think  he  will  make 
the  grade  without  becoming  a  delinquent.  Here  are 
the  reasons  why.  When  his  boss  at  the  service  station 
bawled  him  out  for  being  lazy,  he  felt  very  angry 
about  it,  but  since  then  he  has  been  doing  better.  He 
also  thought  some  of  his  teachers  had  it  in  for  him 
because  he  was  not  getting  good  grades,  but  since 
his  father  had  a  two-hour  session  with  both  him  and 
his  teachers  and  he  heard  in  no  uncertain  terms  what 
it  would  take  to  get  better  grades,  he  seems  to  be 
trying  harder.  As  for  daydreaming,  he  still  does  a 
lot  of  that,  but  he  is  beginning  to  get  so  busy  there 
isn't  much  time  for  it  any  more. 

I  also  know  another  boy  we  will  call  "Jake."  Jake 
has  been  fired  from  four  after-school  jobs.  At  school 
he  was  nearly  expelled  for  cheating  on  exams  in 
classes  he  was  flunking.  He  enjoys  "rodding"  around 
in  his  car  to  see  how  many  violations  he  can  get  away 
with  in  between  tickets.  He  enjoys  telling  people 
off,  and  lately  he  has  developed  the  idea  that  it's 
smart  to  have  a  hangover. 

The  difference  between  Joe  and  Jake  is  the  proba- 
bility that  Joe  will  make  it,      ( Continued  on  page  260 ) 


APRIL   1958 


233 


The 
Standards  of 
the  Church 


by  George  Q.  Morris 
of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 


In  preparation  for  the  next  visit  of 
the  ward  teachers,  it  is  hoped  that 
each  family  will  read,  as  a  part  of 
their  family  hour,  this  stirring  arti- 
cle. It  is  one  of  a  series  in  which 
General  Authorities,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Presiding  Bishopric,  discuss 
the   monthly  ward   teaching  topics. 


"And  even  so  I  have  sent  mine  everlasting  covenant 
into  the  world,  to  be  a  light  to  the  world,  and  to  be 
a  standard  for  my  people,  and  for  the  Gentiles  to 
seek  to  it,  and  to  be  a  messenger  before  my  face  to 
prepare  the  way  before  me."  (D  &  C  45:9.) 

"Verily  I  say  unto  you  all:  Arise  and  shine  forth, 
that  thy  light  may  be  a  standard  for  the  nations." 
(Bid.,  115:5.) 

There  is  one  thing  that  members  of  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  should  always  be 
conscious  of  and  that  is,  as  the  name  implies,  that 
this  Church  is  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ,  established 
by  him  personally  through  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith; 
that  in  it  is  the  fulness  of  his  gospel  as  revealed  from 
heaven.  Its  authority  is  clearly  stated  in  the  scrip- 
ture: "For  verily  I  say  unto  you,  the  keys  of  the  dis- 
pensation, which  ye  have  received,  have  come  down 
from  the  fathers,  and  last  of  all,  being  sent  down 
from  heaven  unto  you."  (Ibid.,  112:32.) 

Understanding  this  truth  we  must  accept  the  fact 
that  there  is  a  double  responsibility  resting  upon  us. 
One  is  that  for  our  own  salvation  we  must  obey  the 
commandments  of  God  thus  revealed  to  us.  The  other 
responsibility  is  that  for  the  salvation  of  the  world 
we  must  keep  the  commandments  of  God,  thus  re- 
stored from  the  heavens  for  the  last  time  in  this  the 
dispensation  of  the  fulness  of  times. 

No  alternative 

Regarding  our  first  responsibility,  this  truth  has 
been  thus  declared: 

"And  moreover,  I  say  unto  you,  that  there  shall 
be  no  other  name  given  nor  any  other  way  nor  means 
whereby  salvation  can  come  unto  the  children  of  men, 
only  in  and  through  the  name  of  Christ,  the  Lord 
Omnipotent."  (Mosiah  3:17.)  We  therefore  can  never 
be  justified  in  considering  lightly  the  revealed  word 
of  God,  the  commandments  given  to  us  by  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  the  Savior  of  the  world.  We  must  not 
reason  that  this  is  just  a  matter  of  religion,  which  is 
but  one  of  many  phases  of  life.  Some  argue  that 
by  nature  they  are  not  religious,  therefore  they  need 
only  be  honest  and  upright  and  deal  fairly  with  their 
fellow  men,  and  in  so  doing  live  up  to  the  best  that 
is  within  them  and  thus  be  justified.  No,  there  is  an 
inherent  principle  in  human  existence  that  if  we  would 
be  saved  from  damnation  we  must  accept  and  be 
obedient  to  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Redeemer  of 
the  world.    There  is  no  alternative. 

There  was  a  time  before  the  creation  of  the  world 


THE   IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


Family  Hour  Discussion  Topic 


when  we  had  a  choice  as  to  whether  or  not  we  wished 
to  come  to  the  earth  and  accept  Jesus  Christ  as  our 
Redeemer.  .  There  were  some  at  that  time  who  would 
not  accept  that  condition;  they  rebelled  against  God, 
and  they  were  cast  out  of  heaven  and  denied  an 
earthly  existence.  We  who  have  come  to  the  earth 
and  all  who  will  come  agreed  to  this  condition  of 
earth  existence,  that  we  would  believe  and  be  obedi- 
ent to  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Savior  of  the 
world  and  be  saved,  or  we  would  fail  to  do  so  and 
be  rejected.  He  clearly  laid  down  this  principle 
when  he  told  his  disciples  before  his  ascension  to  go 
out  and  preach  his  gospel  to  the  world,  that  those 
who  would  believe  and  be  baptized  would  be  saved 
and  those  who  would  not  would  be  damned.  The 
Lord  clearly  set  this  forth  in  his  teachings  when  he 
said, 

God  so  loved  the  world 

"For  God  so  loved  the  world,  that  he  gave  his  only 
begotten  Son,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  him  should 
not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life. 

"He  that  believeth  on  him  is  not  condemned:  but 
he  that  believeth  not  is  condemned  already,  because 
he  hath  not  believed  in  the  name  of  the  only  begotten 
Son  of  God."  (John  3:16,  18.) 

And  this  is  the  testimony  of  his  forerunner,  John 
the  Baptist.  "The  Father  loveth  the  Son,  and  hath 
given  all  things  into  his  hand. 

"He  that  believeth  on  the  Son  hath  everlasting  life: 
and  he  that  believeth  not  the  Son  shall  not  see  life; 
but  the  wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him."  (Ibid.,  3:35- 
36.) 

We  who  have  believed  the  gospel  as  it  has  come 
to  us  and  have  been  baptized  into  the  Church  of 
course  must  realize  that  this  has  not  accomplished 
our  salvation.  Even  though  the  atonement  of  Jesus 
makes  it  possible  for  all  to  live  again,  salvation  can 
come  only  through  a  long  process  of  keeping  the 
commandments  of  God.  Thereby  we  increase  in  light 
and  truth  until  at  the  end  we  become  sanctified  and 
fit  to  enter  into  the  presence  of  God,  which  is  salva- 
tion. 

The  Lord  has  established  in  his  Church  his  priest- 
hood through  which  he  directs  the  Church  and  gives 
his  instructions  and  commandments,  and  these  com- 
mandments and  teachings  have  come  down  to  us 
from  the  beginning  of  the  Church  and  will  continue. 
The  gospel  is  a  standard  by  which  we  live  and  the 
means  by  which  we  know  how  to  live  so  that  we  may 


attain  perfection  ultimately.  And  each  act  of  obedi- 
ence moves  us  on  toward  that  objective  and  each  act 
of  neglect  and  disobedience  deflects  us  from  that 
course. 

"If  you  keep  not  my  commandments,  the  love  of 
the  Father  shall  not  continue  with  you,  therefore  you 
shall  walk  in  darkness."  (D  &  C  95:12.) 

Eternal  life,  our  goal 

In  the  light  of  this  the  only  truly  intelligent  atti- 
tude of  Latter-day  Saints  is  that  we  shall  receive  in 
gratitude  and  thanksgiving  the  commandments  of  the 
Lord.  The  Lord  has  blessings  attached  to  his  com- 
mandments by  which  we  increase  in  knowledge  and 
power  and  all  righteous  achievement,  and  in  the  power 
to  honor  God  and  give  help  in  bringing  salvation  to 
others,  and  thus  move  on  to  eternal  life,  our  goal. 

The  first  great  commandment  is  to  love  God  with 
all  our  hearts.  The  second  is  like  unto  it,  to  love 
our  neighbors  as  ourselves.  The  Ten  Commandments 
are  as  true  today  as  they  were  when  they  were  given 
to  Israel  thousands  of  years  ago.  They  have  been 
reiterated  in  our  modern  revelations.  Light  and  peace 
and  joy  and  great  temporal  benefits  come  from  the 
observance  of  the  Sabbath  day,  from  the  payment 
of  tithing,  from  the  keeping  of  the  Word  of  Wisdom, 
and  from  honoring  the  priesthood  as  restored  from 
heaven;  by  observing  the  highest  standards  of  personal 
purity,  morality,  and  chastity;  by  being  unselfish  and 
honest  and  clean  and  pure  and  obeying  all  the  com- 
mandments. These  are  the  great  achievements- 
greater  than  wealth  or  popularity  or  any  honors  that 
men  can  bestow  upon  us. 

If  we  do  not  love  God  and  our  fellow  men,  if  we 
do  not  observe  the  Sabbath  and  the  payment  of  tith- 
ing and  the  keeping  of  the  Word  of  Wisdom,  if  we 
do  not  live  in  chastity         (Continued  on  page  272) 


Elder  George  Q.  Morris  is  a 

former  general  superintendent 

of  YMMIA,  mission  president, 

Assistant  to  the  Council  of  the 

Twelve.     He  was  sustained  a 

member  of  the  Council  of  the 

Twelve  at  the  April   1954 

general  conference. 


APRIL   1958 


235 


How  can  I  make  this  lesson  meaningful  to  my  stu- 
dents? No  doubt  most  teachers  view  this  as  the 
$64,000  question!  Although  the  responses  to  this 
query  are  manifold,  so  an  equal  number  agree  that 
the  use  of  an  object  frequently  makes  that  lesson 
"come  to  life." 

The  object  need  not  be  expensive  to  be  impressive. 
Well-chosen  items  which  are  commonplace  in  life  are 
frequently  the  most  effective.  One  teacher  stood 
before  his  class  with  a  bar  of  soap  in  hand.  "Did  you 
ever  realize  that  repentance  is  the  soap  of  life?" 
he  queried.  "It  helps  wash  away  the  sins  of  each 
day."  He  pointed  out  the  necessity  of  daily  washing 
to  remove  the  accumulation  of  dirt  which  soils  one's 
person  during  the  course  of  a  day,  but  stated  that 
some  people  apparently  do  not  understand  the  im- 
portance of  the  habit.  "Why  would  one  choose  to 
remain  dirty  when  he  could  be  clean?  Possibly  he  is 
indifferent  and  desires  to  follow  the  path  of  least 
resistance— but  whatever  the  reason,  he  will  remain 
unclean  until  he  avails  himself  of  the  opportunity  of 
washing." 

At  this  point  the  students  began  to  see  the  applica- 
tion of  a  bar  of  soap  to  repentance.  The  teacher 
continued:  "Repentance  is  the  soap  of  life  which  the 
Lord  has  given  us  to  remove  from  our  lives  the  harm- 
ful effects  of  darkness,  ignorance,  sin,  and  wicked- 
ness." New  meaning  came  to  the  scripture  as  a  student 
read:  "Who  shall  ascend  into  the  hill  of  the  Lord? 
or  who  shall  stand  in  his  holy  place? 

"He  that  hath  clean  hands,  and  a  pure  heart."  (Psalm 
24:3-4.) 

Such  a  lesson  well  prepared  and  effectively  por- 
trayed will  have  a  continuing  effect  in  the  life  of  a 
student.  Each  time  he  picks  up  a  bar  of  soap  to 
cleanse  his  hands  he  will  likely  be  reminded  of  the 
moral  lesson  of  a  fine  teacher  who  taught  him  that 
"repentance  is  the  soap  of  life." 

An  object  lesson  provides  opportunity  for  students 
to  utilize  most  of  their  senses,  which  accelerates 
learning.  Have  you  ever  watched  a  group  of  boys 
in  a  sporting  goods  store  experiment  with  a  new  fish- 
ing rod?    The  price  of  the  item  is  of  no  import  and 


therefore  does  not  mar  the  image  before  them.  Vivid- 
ly they  feel  the  cool  spray  of  the  rushing  mountain 
stream  and  fighting  rainbow  trout  lashing  about  at 
the  end  of  the  taut  line.  The  experience  approaches 
reality  as  each  boy  in  turn  handles  the  shiny,  smooth 
rod,  and  spins  the  nylon-threaded  reel. 

Sensory  teaching  has  long  been  recognized  as  vital 
to  the  learning  experience.  Diogenes,  the  Greek 
philosopher,  carried  a  lantern  and  held  it  up  to  the 
faces  of  those  among  whom  he  searched  for  an  "hon- 
est man."  Jeremiah  wore  an  oxen  yoke  around  his 
neck  endeavoring  to  impress  the  people  that  they 
would  also  be  brought  into  bondage  if  they  did  not 
return  to  the  God  of  Israel.  Moroni's  banner  fash- 
ioned from  his  own  cloak  was  a  great  object  lesson  in 
Book  of  Mormon  history.  Joseph  Smith  compared  his 
ring  to  the  eternal  nature  of  man,  explaining  that  it 
had  neither  beginning  nor  end.  And  of  course,  the 
Master  Teacher  epitomized  the  value  of  visual  teach- 
ing when  he  was  about  to  be  ensnared  in  a  Pharisaic 
trap.  The  question  was  one  of  loyalties  to  God  and 
man.  He  called  for  a  Roman  coin,  held  it  before  the 
crowd  and  asked  whose  imprint  it  carried.  "Caesar's," 
came  the  reply.  He  quelled  his  tormentors  with  a 
terse  response,  "Render  therefore  unto  Caesar  the 
things  which  are  Caesar's;  and  unto  God  the  things 
that  are  God's."  (Matt.  22:21.)  Numerous  were  the 
examples  he  used,  always  employing  that  which  was 
common  and  familiar  to  help  teach  a  principle  of  life 
which  was  difficult  or  perhaps  abstract. 

Object  lessons  can  serve  as: 

1.  Attention-getters  or  springboards.  They  act  as  a 
focal  point  on  which  to  center  attention,  thereby 
providing  a  springboard  for  launching  into  the  lesson. 
The  teacher  might  hold  two  rings  before  his  students- 
one  a  real  diamond,  the  other  a  zircon.  The  undis- 
cerning  eye  cannot  differentiate  between  the  real 
and  the  counterfeit.  The  springboard  has  been  pro- 
vided so  the  teacher  might  appropriately  carry  on  a 
discussion  of  the  true  Church  of  God  and  images 
thereof  found  throughout  the  world  or,  an  effective 
analogy  might  be  drawn  on  the  difference  between 
real  love  which  results  in  successful  marriage,  and 


236 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


infatuation  which  offers  only  diminishing  returns. 

2.  Framework— In  this  case  the  entire  lesson  is 
centered  around  the  object  and  reference  is  continu- 
ally made  to  the  object,  such  as  is  the  case  of  the 
"bar  of  soap-repentance"  analogy.  Similarly,  miniature 
stairs  might  be  made  for  display.  From  the  rear  view 
they  appear  like  a  wall  or  barrier,  but  closer  examina- 
tion reveals  steps,  each  of  which  might  be  inscribed 
"faith,"  "repentance,"  "baptism,"  etc.  Then  follows 
the  lesson  on  the  plan  of  salvation.  Frequently  those 
principles  first  viewed  as  barriers  become  stepping- 
stones  for  ultimate  exaltation.  He  who  searches  for 
wisdom  and  truth  must  be  wise  in  judgment  and 
action. 

3.  Clinchers— After  a  lesson  presentation  has  been 
made,  an  object  can  "cement"  the  learning.  It  might 
be  effective  with  a  lesson  on  chastity.  A  rose,  a  piece 
of  cotton,  or  a  stick  of  gum  passed  among  students 
provides  interesting  contrast  to  the  "untouched"  repli- 
cas held  for  student  view.  Without  further  moral- 
izing, students  are  able  to  grasp  the  importance  and 
meaning  in  the  contrast,  and  another  point  is  driven 
home  and  "clinched." 

After  deciding  which  purpose  you  want  an  object 
to  serve,  it  is  well  to  remember  the  following: 

1.  Objects  in  and  of  themselves  are  unimportant. 
They  are  merely  a  means  to  an  end.  Keep  this  "end" 
well  defined. 

2.  Let  the  students  provide  the  desired  object  when- 
ever possible.  Frequently  they  will  see  meaning  in 
items  overlooked  by  the  teacher.  Well-organized 
student  presentations  are  often  far  more  impressive 
to  the  class  members  than  the  same  presentation  given 
by  the  teacher. 

3.  Ask  yourself  the  question:  Will  the  demonstra- 
tion result  in  stimulating  class  action  and  spiritual  de- 
velopment? If  you  can  answer  in  the  affirmative,  you 
are  likely  a  good  teacher,  becoming  a  better  one. 

You  will  soon  learn  that  the  gateway  to  the  heart 
is  through  the  senses.  Creative,  enthusiastic,  and 
systematic  planning  will  bring  forth  countless  objects 
to  enrich  your  lessons  and  help  them  live  forever  in 
the  hearts  of  youth. 


How  to 
make  your 
lessons 
live 


by  Dale  T.  Tingey,  Instructor 
Division  of  Religion, 
Brigham  Young  University 


Conducted  by 

the  Unified 

Church  School  System 


APRIL  1958 


237 


:;&" 


' 


Northward  Ho 

the  Prairies 


The  Bradley  family  join  the  LDS  colonies  in  Alberta 
and  are  struggling  to  cultivate  and  reclaim  their  virgin 
kind.  Diane,  who  had  planned  to  return  to  Utah, 
stays  on  to  teach  school.  Stan,  who  has  come  for  her 
from  Utah,  is  disappointed  with  Diane's  decision  to 
remain.  Ben  Amussen,  a  neighbor,  has  been  escorting 
her  to  and  from  church  functions. 

Conclusion 

We  tried  to  make  the  days  until  Stan's  train  was 
to  leave  pass  as  pleasantly  as  possible.  He  visited 
Ben  and  later  told  me  of  their  conversation. 

"A  strange  man,  this  Ben.  You  know,  he  takes  the 
weather  as  God  sends  it;  doesn't  pray  as  the  other 
farmers  do  that  it  will  be  changed  to  suit  their  needs. 
He  keeps  saying  it's  the  dispensation  of  Providence." 

As  we  rode  to  the  depot,  Stan  observed  thought- 
fully, "I  feel  that  I  have  become  a  man  since  coming 
here.  I'm  losing  you,  but  somehow  the  pain  is  light- 
ened as  I  view  the  strength  shown  in  all  your  lives. 
I  see  service  in  its  purest  form,  unmindful  of  self, 
only  of  preparing  suitable  homes  for  generations  to 
come.  Service  imperfect  of  course,  never  to  be  fin- 
ished, but  preparation  for  something  better  and 
greater.  I  know  you  are  as  sincere  in  seeing  your 
place  in  the  scheme  of  things  as  I  am  in  seeing  mine. 
I  can  only  try  to  be  sensible  and  go  back  without 
you." 

Returning  to  the  farm,  the  loneliness,  the  emptiness, 
surrounded  and  swept  over  me.  Throwing  dishwater 
out  into  the  soft  darkness,  I  wondered  if  I  could  go 
through  with  it,  if  I  could  live  my  life  without  Stan. 
But  a  deep  feeling  of  strength  grew  within  me.    The 


knowledge  that  I  was  wanted,  was  needed  both  by 
my  family  and  by  others,  was  reassuring.  Busy  from 
morning  till  night,  my  own  needs  were  pushed  into 
the  background,  but  always  in  my  mind  was  the 
dream  of  a  man  who  would  someday  enrich  my  life 
with  his  love.  Time  taught  me  that  the  heart  has  a 
way  of  changing,  like  things  in  nature.  The  altera- 
tion is  so  gradual  that  even  if  we  are  able  to  dis- 
tinguish its  different  states,  we  are  still  spared  the 
actual  sensation  of  change. 

As  usual,  Ben  came  visiting  but  was  never  obtru- 
sive. Walking  along  the  wheat  field  one  day  with 
the  family,  he  observed,  "Anyone  who  loves  beauty 
must  love  the  looks  of  a  wide  expanse  of  ripening 
grain." 

Threshing  time  came  and  the  threshing  machine 
was  laid  out  in  the  hard  gumbo  yard.  Soon  a  cloud 
of  chaff  and  dust  settled  on  the  men.  Particles  of 
straw  stuck  to  their  sweating  necks  and  arms.  The 
stubble  was  hard  and  bright  and  the  straw  crept  into 
shirts  and  pants  like  needles. 

Mother  and  I  cooked  for  the  men  an  interminable 
number  of  pies  and  cakes,  which  with  boiled  or 
roasted  beef,  potatoes,  and  homemade  pickles,  made 
up  their  meals.  Johnny  and  Harlan  carried  the  water 
jug  to  the  men. 

After  the  noise  of  the  threshing,  the  stillness  was 
oppressive.  Though  the  house  was  not  hot  and 
steamy,  I  felt  closed  in  when  not  busy,  and  whenever 
possible  slipped  out  of  doors  to  look  over  the  treeless 
plains,  warm  and  sunny  for  autumn.  Closer  in  were 
the  fields,  freshly  threshed,     (Continued  on  page  254) 


by  Helen  K.  Orgill 


■    :  ■■■,■■■■.■ 


■   : 


We  met  with  a  splash  of  hoofs, 
and  the  horses,  their  sides 
dripping,   eame   close   together 


?  P 


Church  members  saddened 
by  the  death  of  Elder 


Adam  S.  Bennion 


by  Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr.,  Research  Editor 


Elder  Adam  S.  Bennion  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve,  first  and  foremost  a  champion  of  youth  and 
skilled  in  the  problems  of  the  young  people,  died 
Tuesday  morning,  February  11,  1958,  at  8:35,  follow- 
ing a  cerebral  hemorrhage. 

Called  as  a  member  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 
at  the  April  1953  general  conference,  Elder  Bennion 
had  filled  that  high  and  important  calling  with  the 
happy  combination  of  the  vibrant  outlook  of  youth 
and  the  wisdom  of  his  mature  years.  He  was  seventy- 
one  at  his  death. 

Certainly  one  of  the  many  highlights  of  his  min- 
istry was  his  tour  of  ten  mission  fields  in  Europe 
between  April  22,  1956,  and  September  24,  1956.  He 
traveled  thirty-one  thousand  miles  on  this  tour,  listen- 
ing to  the  testimonies  of  1056  missionaries,  meeting 
with  the  Saints  and  with  LDS  servicemen  stationed 
in  Europe.  He  loved  them,  and  they  returned  that 
love.  He  summed  up  his  trip  with,  ".  .  .  those  five 
months  have  been  the  most  enriching  and  inspiring 
months  of  my  life." 

When  he  was  sustained  a  member  of  the  Council 
of  the  Twelve  five  years  ago  this  April  conference,  he 
said:  "I  am  honored  but  humbled.  For  years  I  have 
been  going  up  and  down  the  land  preaching— but.  in 
the  hour  of  this  greatest  call  I  have  no  preachment." 

He  went  on  to  recall:  "I  love  this  Church  and  its 
people.  In  the  fall  of  1847  my  grandfather  came 
across  the  plains  and  lived  in  a  log  cabin  such  as  is  in 
the  southeast  corner  of  this  [Salt  Lake  Temple] 
block.  For  a  quarter  of  a  century  now  it  has  been 
my  privilege  to  bring  men  from  all  parts  of  the 
country  to  this  block,  and  in  tribute  to  our  pioneers 
I  always  take  them  to  one  spot.  ...  If  you'll  go 
yonder  to  the  southeast  corner  and  stand  with  one 


eye  on  their  early  abode,  the  log  cabin,  and  the 
other  eye  turned  a  little  to  the  northwest,  you  will 
realize  that  while  they  lived  in  a  log  cabin  they 
dreamed  dreams  of  a  temple.  .  .  .  The  men  who 
come  from  New  York  marvel  as  they  turn  from  the 
log  cabin  and  its  hint  of  poverty  to  the  temple  that 
took  forty  years  to  build  and  required  four  million 
dollars  that  they  did  not  have.  They  were  real 
people." 

Elder  Bennion  was  stricken  Wednesday  evening, 
February  5,  1958,  while  at  home.  That  previous 
week  end,  February  1  and  2,  he  had  filled  his  stake 
conference  assignment  in  East  Mill  Creek  Stake. 

Elder  Bennion  was  born  at  Taylorsville,  Utah,  De- 
cember 2,  1886,  the  son  of  Joseph  Bushnell  and  Mary 
Ann  Sharp  Bennion.  There  were  also  five  sisters  in 
the  family.  He  was  soon  to  learn  the  meaning  of 
being  a  widow's  son,  since  his  father  died  when 
Adam  Samuel  Bennion  was  but  a  year  and  a  half  old. 

He  came  up  through  the  public  schools  and  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Utah  in  1908  with 
a  bachelor  of  arts  degree.  From  1909  to  1911  he  was 
an  English  instructor  at  the  LDS  high  school  in  Salt 
Lake  City.  The  following  year  he  received  his  master 
of  arts  degree  at  Columbia  University,  New  York 
City.  He  returned  to  Utah  to  become  head  of  the 
English  department  and  later  principal  of  Granite 
High  School.  From  1917  to  1919,  he  served  as  an 
assistant  professor  at  the  University  of  Utah.  He 
was  a  teacher  in  the  finest  sense  of  the  word. 

He  left  the  university  faculty  in  1919  to  become 
superintendent  of  Church  schools,  retaining  that 
position  until  1928.  During  this  time  he  served  as 
professor  of  education  at  Brigham  Young  University 


240 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


for  two  years,  also  teaching  classes  in  religion  at  that 
institution.  He  was  affiliated  with  their  summer 
school  faculty  until  released  from  the  Church  position. 
After  studying  in  Chicago  and  the  University  of 
California,  he  received  his  doctor  of  philosophy  de- 
gree. Several  years  ago  Elder  Bennion  was  asked 
by  the  Church  historian's  office  to  complete  a 
biographical  blank  which  asked  for  "Missions  Filled, 
When  and  Where."  Elder  Bennion  wrote,  "No  formal 
call,  but  active  in  New  York  1911-1912,  Chicago  1916, 
Berkeley  1922-23." 

In  his  early  youth  Elder  Bennion  was  active  in 
sports  and  frequently  took  part  in  track  competition, 
in  which  he  excelled. 

His  long  service  in  the  Church  began  in  the  Tay- 
lorsville    Ward,    where    he    served    in    the    superin- 


tendency  of  the  Sunday  School  from  1904  to  1907 
and  taught  in  the  ward  MIA.  From  1907  to  1915, 
except  during  his  absence  for  educational  purposes, 
he  was  a  member  of  the  Granite  Stake  Sunday  School 
superintendency.  He  was  called  to  the  general  board 
of  the  Deseret  Sunday  School  Union  in  1915.  In 
April  1953,  when  he  was  sustained  a  member  of  the 
Council  of  the  Twelve,  as  he  interviewed  the  mem- 
of  the  Sunday  School  board,  in  point  of  service.  Since 
1953,  he  has  given  valuable  service  to  the  Sunday 
School  as  adviser  to  that  organization. 

As  he  served  on  the  various  committees  of  the 
Council  of  the  Twelve,  as  he  interviewed  the  mem- 
bers who  came  in  to  see  him  concerning  some  phase 
of  Church  work,  his  office  literally  became  a  cross- 
roads.   Finding  a  moment      ( Continued  on  page  264 ) 


APRIL   1958 


241 


Leadership  Development 


the  Miracle 


by  Sterling  W.  Sill 
Assistant  to  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 


" Your  personality  is  what  dis- 
tinguishes you  as  an  individual. 
It  includes  habit  patterns,  char- 
acter qualities,  and  behavior." 


No  discussion  of  leadership  development  would  be 
complete  which  did  not  give  consideration  to  the 
personality  of  the  leader.  The  most  inspiring  and 
the  most  powerful  thing  in  the  world  is  a  great  hu- 
man personality.  The  masterpiece  of  all  creation  is 
a  human  being  at  his  best.  And  the  best  way  to 
build  leadership  is  through  effective  personality 
development. 

The  dictionary  defines  personality  as  "the  qualities 
of  being  a  particular  person."  Your  personality  is 
what  distinguishes  you  as  an  individual.  It  includes 
habit  patterns,  character  qualities,  and  forms  of  be- 
havior expressed  through  physical  and  mental  activi- 
ties and  attitudes.  Some  have  estimated  that  as  high 
as  eighty-five  percent  of  all  success  depends  upon 
personality.  What  we  are  will  largely  determine 
our  leadership. 

Then  how  can  these  qualities  best  be  developed 
to  bring  us  to  our  peak  of  effectiveness?  Socrates 
said,  "Know  thyself."  Study  of  self  can  be  very  helpful. 
We  can  also  improve  ourselves  by  studying  others. 
If  we  can  identify  a  harmful  trait  in  someone  else, 
we  can  eliminate  it  from  our  own  personality.  When 
we  see  a  helpful  quality  in  another,  we  can  reproduce 
it  in  ourselves. 

Probably  the  greatest  influence  in  the  world  is  ex- 
ample. We  learn  to  walk,  to  talk,  and  to  eat  by 
watching  someone  else.  Most  of  our  manners,  morals, 
and  personality  qualities  are  adopted.  Even  Jesus  said, 
"I  do  nothing  except  what  I  have  seen  my  Father  do." 
(See  John  5:19.)  We  can  hardly  realize  the  tremen- 
dous influence  that  one  personality  can  have  upon 


another.  Think  of  the  effect  of  the  life  of  Aristotle 
upon  Alexander  the  Great,  or  Jesus  upon  Simon  Peter. 
An  interesting  tradition  tells  of  Apelles,  a  Greek 
artist  of  the  fourth  century,  B.C.,  who  enchanted  the 
world  with  his  painting  of  the  goddess  of  beauty. 
For  years  he  traveled  over  Greece,  selecting  the  most 
beautiful  women  to  be  used  as  models  for  his  master- 
piece. He  took  the  eyes  of  one,  the  forehead  of  an- 
other. He  saw  a  grace  here,  a  particular  turn  of 
beauty  there.  When  his  famous  canvas  was  finished, 
it  enthralled  the  world. 

Apelles  may  be  only  a  tradition,  but  the  principle 
is  real.  Each  personality  is  a  composite,  and  we  build 
largely  from  what  we  admire  in  others.  This  empha- 
sizes one  of  the  advantages  of  having  fine  associates 
and  reading  good  literature,  particularly  the  great 
scriptures.  We  tend  to  acquire  those  qualities  which 
are  most  strongly  impressed  upon  our  minds,  and 
our  strongest  impressions  come  from  people.  Thomas 
Carlyle  said:  "You  cannot  look  upon  a  great  man 
without  gaining  something  from  him."  A  personality 
quality  can  be  most  readily  absorbed  when  we  see  it 
clearly  and  in  a  favorable  setting. 

For  example,  Louis  Fischer  wrote  a  book  portray- 
ing the  life  of  the  Indian  patriot,  Mohandas  K.  Gandhi. 
This  little  brown  man  weighed  112  pounds.  He  went 
around  four-fifths  naked;  he  lived  in  a  mud  hut,  with- 
out electric  lights,  running  water,  or  telephone.  He 
didn't  own  an  automobile.    He  never  sought  or  held 

a  public  office;  he  was  with- 
out political  post,  academic 
distinction,  scientific 
achievement,  or  artistic  gift. 
He  had  no  armies,  no  diplo- 
mats, no  property.  Yet  men 
with  great  governments  and 
powerful  armies  behind 
them  paid  him  homage. 
Gandhi's  followers  renamed 
him  "The  Mahatma,"  mean- 
ing The  Great  Soul. 


Apelles,    Greek    artist 
of  the  fourth  century 


\242 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


of  Personality 


The  powerful  British  government  soon  discovered 
that  it  could  not  rule  India  against  Gandhi  and  it 
could  not  rule  India  without  Gandhi.  Gandhi  became 
as  near  "India"  as  anyone  or  anything  could  be.  By  the 
sheer  power  of  his  great  personality,  Gandhi  raised 
himself  to  be  the  unquestioned  leader  of  500  million 
people  and  became  the  greatest  power  in  India  and 
probably  in  the  world.  Louis  Fischer  calls  this 
phenomenon  by  which  a  below-average  human  being 
can  raise  himself  to  great  heights  of  accomplishment, 
"The  Miracle  of  Personality."  This  "miracle"  is  made 
more  important  by  the  fact  that  each  of  us  may  per- 
form it  for  himself. 

Gandhi  started  his  life  under 
some  very  real  handicaps.  He 
regarded  himself  as  a  coward. 
He  was  afraid  of  the  dark.  He 
had  a  damaging  inferiority 
complex.  He  had  an  uncon- 
trollable temper.  Because  of 
these  and  other  disadvantages 
with  which  he  started  life,  he 
worked  to  the  end  of  his  days 
at  age  seventy-eight  to  "re- 
make" himself,  and  at  one  time 
called  himself  "A  self  re-made 
man." 

For  those  who  are  looking 
for  a  good  phrase  with  startling 
possibilities,  that  is  one  of  the 
best.  Personal  improvement  is 
necessary  for  accomplishment.  It  is  impossible  to  rise 
higher  as  a  leader  than  we  rise  as  individuals.  One  of 
our  common  weaknesses  is  that  too  often  we  want  to 
change  our  circumstances  but  are  unwilling  to  change 
ourselves. 

Gandhi  believed  in  being,  not  in  having  nor  in  seem- 
ing. He  believed  that  the  discord  between  deed  and 
creed  lies  at  the  root  of  innumerable  wrongs  in  our 
civilization.  He  believed  this  discord  to  be  the  weak- 
ness of  churches,  states,  parties,  and  persons.   Gandhi 


Gandhi  called  himself 
"a  self  re-made  man" 


felt  that  to  believe  a  thing  and  not  to  practise  it  was 
dishonest  and  gave  institutions  and  men  split  per- 
sonalities, whereas  man  should  be  all  in  one  piece. 
Gandhi  never  trifled.  He  practised  severe  self- 
discipline  all  of  his  days.  With  Gandhi,  to  believe 
was  to  act.  There  was  no  pretense.  Face-saving  to 
him  was  an  unintelligible  concept.  When  he  had 
decided  something  was  good,  he  forced  himself  to 
follow  through  and  translate  every  thought  into  action. 
Gandhi's  mother  taught  him  that  eating  meat  was 
wrong,  inasmuch  as  it  necessitated  the  destruction  of 
other  life.  And  so  young  Gandhi  took  a  pledge  to  his 
mother  to  remain  a  strict  vegetarian  throughout  his 

life.  Many  years  after  Gandhi's 
mother  had  died,  Gandhi  him- 
self was  very  ill  and  not  ex- 
pected to  live.  His  physicians 
tried  to  get  him  to  drink  a 
little  beef  broth  to  save  his 
life.  But  Gandhi  said,  "Even 
for  life  itself  we  may  not  do 
certain  things.  There  is  only 
one  course  open  to  me,  to  die 
but  never  to  break  my  pledge." 
Just  imagine  what  it  would 
mean  in  the  world  if  all  of  the 
present-day  leaders  of  nations 
had  a  similar  integrity,  where 
their  word  could  absolutely  be 
depended  upon.  Trust  and 
confidence  should  be  the  foun- 
dation of  every  worth-while  relationship. 

In  the  matter  of  trustworthiness  Gandhi  excelled. 
Everyone  understood  that  Gandhi  was  absolutely 
honest,  that  he  could  be  trusted,  that  his  motives 
were  right.  When  Gandhi  said  something,  everyone 
knew  that  that  was  exactly  what  he  meant.  Millions 
trusted  Gandhi;  millions  obeyed  him;  multitudes 
followed  him.  But  strangely  enough,  only  a  few 
ever  attempted  to  do  as  he  did.  Gandhi's  greatness 
lay  in  doing  what  everybody  can  but  does  not  do. 


APRIL  1958 


243 


One  of  the  greatest  ambitions  of  Gandhi's  life  was 
to  free  India.  But  he  felt  that  before  he  could  free 
India  from  the  British  he  must  free  himself  from  the 
weaknesses  that  held  him  down.  Man  at  his  best 
must  be  in  perfect  control  of  himself.  Gandhi  deter- 
mined to  make  himself  an  effective  instrument  of 
negotiation  for  India's  welfare.  How  well  he  suc- 
ceeded is  known  to  everyone.  It  is  Mr.  Fischer's 
opinion  that  not  since  Socrates  has  the  world  seen 
Gandhi's  equal  for  absolute  self-control  and  com- 
posure. He  was  thought  by  some  to  be  the  world's 
most  Christlike  person,  and  yet  he  was  not  a  Christian. 

Gandhi  went  on  long  fasts  for 
discipline.  He  reasoned  that  if  he 
could  not  curb  his  passion  for  food, 
how  could  he  handle  the  more 
difficult  of  life's  situations?  He 
said,  "How  can  I  control  others  if 
I  cannot  control  myself?" 

Gandhi  realized  early  in  life 
that  integrity  and  manhood  are 
among  the  most  important  instru- 
ments of  power.  This  realization 
gave  him  a  great  advantage. 
Gandhi  said,  "I  cannot  conceive  a 
greater  loss  to  a  man  than  the  loss 
of  his  self-respect."  Even  while 
fighting  England  for  India's  in- 
dependence, Gandhi  was  absolutely 
loyal  to  England  and  had  the  constant  respect  and 
trust  of  British  leaders.  His  motto  was,  "Harmony  in 
adversity;  love  despite  differences." 

There  came  a  time  during  World  War  II  when 
the  fate  of  England  was  in  the  balance,  and  she  could 
not  spare  even  a  single  soldier  for  the  defense  of 
India.     Many  prominent  Indian  leaders  were  in  favor 


Man  at  his  best 
perfect    control 


of  throwing  out  British  rule  while  England  was  help- 
less. But  Gandhi  said,  "No,  we  will  not  steal  even 
our  independence."  Gandhi  would  probably  have 
given  his  life  at  any  moment  in  exchange  for  his 
country's  freedom,  but  he  did  not  want  independence 
if  it  could  not  be  honorably  won. 

Gandhi  believed  that  ideas  and  reason,  fairness  and 
understanding  were  superior  to  force  as  instruments 
of  negotiation.  This  he  believed  even  when  he  had 
absolute  power  to  do  as  he  pleased.  How  inspiring 
is  the  spirit  of  a  truly  great  man!  By  way  of  contrast, 
there  are  men  living  today  who  would  not  hesitate 

one  instant  to  use  any  means  to 
enslave  everyone  in  the  world  if 
they  thought  they  could. 

Gandhi's  tremendous  personal 
power  often  remained  unused.  He 
said,  "We  cannot  learn  discipline 
by  compulsion."  He  never  re- 
taliated. His  reason  told  him  that 
the  policy  of  "an  eye  for  an  eye," 
if  carried  out,  would  eventually 
make  everybody  blind.  Gandhi 
did  not  attempt  to  be  clever.  He 
once  declared,  "I  have  never  had 
recourse  to  cunning  in  all  of  my 
life."  His  mind  and  emotions 
were  almost  as  completely  exposed 
to  public  view  as  was  his  near- 
naked  body. 

Then  came  that  fateful  day,  July  30,  1948.  At 
5:05  p.m.,  Gandhi  was  hurrying  to  the  village  prayer 
ground.  In  the  front  row  of  the  congregated  wor- 
shipers sat  one  Nathuran  Godse,  clutching  a  pistol 
in  his  pocket.  As  the  two  men  almost  touched  each 
other,  Godse  fired  three  bullets  into  the  body  of  the 


must  be  in 
of    himself 


REMEMBERING  LAZARUS 
by  Dorothy  J.  Roberts 


I  ponder  how  a  brief  word  led 

A  man  back  from  the  boulder's  bed; 

Past  gaping  stone,  to  pierce  his  core 

And  loose  the  linens  that  he  wore. 

How,  deep  in  the  pillared  gloom,  he  heard, 

Clearly,  the  shepherd  of  the  word, 

The  gentlest  of  voices.     How  he  rose, 

With  his  dark  exile  at  a  close, 

Watching  in  wonder,  the  world  emerge 

Out  of  dimness  to  converge- 


In  newness,  blessing,  to  his  eye- 
Over  him  in  tent  of  sky, 
Under  him  in  lilied  sand, 
And  around,  in  loving  band, 
The  robed  and  sandaled  faithful  few 
Who  led  to  warmer  rooms  he  knew. 
Then,  how  opening  life's  locked  door, 
His  face  caressed  the  earthen  floor; 
In  praise,  through  dust,  his  fingers  crept. 
How,  as  a  final  hymn,  he  wept. 


244 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Mahatma.  At  Godse's  trial  he  said  he  bore  no  ill  will 
to  Gandhi.  He  said,  "Before  I  fired  the  shots  I  actual- 
ly wished  him  well  and  bowed  to  him  in  reverence." 
In  response  to  Godse's  obeisance,  Gandhi  touched  his 
palms  together,  smiled,  and  blessed  him.  At  that 
moment  Godse  pulled  the  trigger,  and  Gandhi's  mortal 
life  was  ended.  And  so,  even  in  death,  this  little 
brown  man  was  engaged  in  the  act  of  blessing  people 
and  doing  good. 

A  few  minutes  after  Gandhi's  death,  Prime  Min- 
ister Nehru  went  on  the  radio  and  said,  "The  light 
has  gone  out  of  our  lives,  and  there  is  darkness  every- 
where, for  our  beloved  leader,  the  father  of  our  na- 
tion, is  no  more." 

What  a  great  power  of  leadership  can  be  built 
within  ourselves,  if  we  merely  develop  to  their  high- 
est denomination  these  great  God-given  qualities. 
Apelles-like,  we  can  select  and  adapt  and  refine  from 
the  most  inspiring  sources. 

In  nature  there  are  more  than  one  hundred  known 
elements,  including  nitrogen,  hydrogen,  iron,  carbon, 
and  oxygen.  These  elements  are  nature's  building 
blocks.  Out  of  them,  in  the  right  combinations  and 
proportions,  nature  fashions  all  of  the  material  things 
of  the  world;  for  example,  an  ocean  is  a  combination 
of  two  parts  hydrogen  and  one  part  oxygen.  Every 
material  thing  carries  its  own  formula. 

Then  it  has  been  said  that  in  human  personality 
there  are  fifty-one  elements,  including  kindness,  faith, 
spirituality,  industry,  devotion,  courage,  ambition,  and 
integrity.  Put  these  together  in  the  right  combina- 
tions and  proportions  and  you  have  what  someone 
has  called  "a  magnificent  human  being." 

What  is  it  that  makes  David  O.  McKay,  David  O. 
McKay?  It  is  his  great  devotion  to  God;  his  untiring 
efforts  to  serve;  his  ability  to  do;  his  warm  friendli- 


ness; his  absolute  fairness;  his  kindly  personal  interest 
in  others;  his  unwavering  integrity;  his  love  of  truth. 
Put  these  elements  together,  and  you  have  David  O. 
McKay. 

What  made  Napoleon  Bonaparte  what  he  was? 
Napoleon  also  had  some  great  qualities,  but  they  were 
mixed  with  unrighteousness,  disregard  for  God,  ruth- 
lessness,  self-seeking,  and  ignorance.  The  result  was  that 
he  was  exiled  by  his  own  countrymen  at  age  forty-six. 

Now,  what  are  the  qualities  that  we  need  to  carry 
on  our  own  particular  part  of  the  work  of  the  Lord. 
The  Lord  himself  has  said:  "And  faith,  hope,  charity 
and  love,  with  an  eye  single  to  the  glory  of  God, 
qualify  him  for  the  work."  He  said:  "Remember 
faith,  virtue,  knowledge,  temperance,  patience, 
brotherly  kindness,  godliness,  charity,  humility,  dili- 
gence." (D  &  C  4:5-6.) 

What  a  thrilling  thought,  that  we  can  build  these 
qualities  into  our  own  personalities  in  any  combina- 
tion we  choose.  God  has  placed  these  potential 
talents  and  abilities  in  the  human  soul  for  only  one 
purpose:  that  we  may  develop  them  to  their  highest 
possibility.  That  is  the  process  by  which  man  may 
become  even  as  God. 

Lord  Bulwer-Lytton  said:  "What  men  need  is  not 
only  talent,  but  purpose;  not  only  the  power  to 
achieve,  but  the  will  to  labor."  That  is  the  key  to 
our  own  personality  development,  and  each  of  us 
must  accept  complete  responsibility  therefor.  We 
know  what  the  Lord  would  have  us  do.  We  need 
only  to  put  in  force  those  personality  qualities  to 
make  the  accomplishment  possible. 

A  great  philosopher  once  said,  "Shun  no  effort  to 
make  yourself  remarkable  in  some  talent."  This  is 
the  beginning  of  the  greatest  miracle  in  the  world, 
"The  Miracle  of  Personality." 


AN  EASTER  SONNET 
by  Grace  Ingles  Frost 


The  stone  that  sealed  the  crypt  is  rolled  away, 
The  darkness  of  the  tomb  is  rifted  wide 
By  angels  twain;  the  linen  laid  aside 
For  all  to  see,  and  seeing,  know  for  aye, 
The  marvel  of  the  holy  Easter  day— 
That  He  whom  sordid  unbelief  decried  .  .  . 
And  flogged  .  .  .  and  spit  upon  .  .  .  and  crucified 


Is  risen,  crowned  with  life's  immortal  ray! 

Lo,  at  the  portal  of  all  time,  he  stands 
The  pattern  of  Celestial  Majesty! 
I  do  not  need  to  scan  his  feet  and  hands 
For  nail-prints  to  bear  evidence  for  me, 
Nor  heed  the  call  of  war's  untaught  demands 
For  other  proof  of  his  divinity! 


APRIL   1958 


245 


MIA  Reading  Course:  Jesus  the  Christ— XXII 


The  Lord  is  Resurrected 


by  Doyle  L.  Green,  Managing  Editor 


The  body  of  Jesus  lay  in  the  tomb  where  his  fol- 
lowers and  friends  had  placed  it  Friday  evening. 
These  were  sad  hours  for  those  who  loved  the  Lord. 
In  spite  of  all  of  his  teachings  his  disciples  still  did 
not  understand  the  true  nature  of  his  mission.  Not- 
withstanding his  glorious  predictions  that  he  would 
rise  again,  they  did  not  comprehend.  Their  souls 
were  grief-stricken.    Their  minds  were  confused. 

But  neither  were  those  responsible  for  the  death 
of  the  Lord  at  ease.  They  remembered  that  Jesus 
had  said  he  would  rise  again.  The  Sadducees  must 
have  been  especially  concerned,  as  they  taught  that 
there  was  no  resurrection.  Together  the  chief  priests 
and  the  Pharisees  approached  Pilate. 

"Sir,"  they  said,  "We  remember  that  that  deceiver 
said,  while  he  was  yet  alive,  After  three  days  I  will 
rise  again. 

"Command  therefore  that  the  sepulchre  be  made 
sure  until  the  third  day,  lest  his  disciples  come  by 
night  and  steal  him  away,  and  say  unto  the  people, 
He  is  risen  from  the  dead:  so  the  last  error  shall  be 
worse  than  the  first."  Having  been  themselves  steeped 
in  treachery,  it  wasn't  hard  for  them  to  think  others 
might  also  employ  devious  practices. 

Pilate's  soul  must  have  been  no  less  tormented  than 
theirs,  and  he  readily  agreed.  Soldiers  were  ordered 
to  guard  the  tomb  around  the  clock.  "Make  it  as 
sure  as  ye  can,"  he  instructed. 

"So  they  went,  and  made  the  sepulchre  sure,  seal- 
ing the  stone,  and  setting  a  watch." 

Saturday  passed,  and  Saturday  night.  The  first  day 
of  the  week  arrived.  The  time  had  come  for  the  Lord 
to  take  up  his  body  again.  Meanwhile  he  had  not 
been  idle.  Peter  tells  us  that  during  the  time  Jesus' 
body  lay  in  the  tomb  "he  went  and  preached  to  the 
spirits  in  prison;  .  .  ."  This  is  generally  conceived  to 
be  the  beginning  of  missionary  work  among  those 
millions  of  souls  who  had  died  before  the  time  of 
the  Savior  and  who  were  waiting  for  the  resurrection 


in  "spirit  prison,"  or  "paradise."  This  work  is  con- 
tinuing and  will  until  every  person  who  ever  lived 
will  have  the  opportunity  of  accepting  the  gospel. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  third  day  there  was  a 
great  earthquake  as  an  angel  with  a  countenance 
"like  lightning"  and  with  "raiment  white  as  snow" 
rolled  back  the  stone  from  the  door  of  the  sepulchre. 
The  guards  were  terrified  "and  became  as  dead 
men." 

Dawn  comes  early  in  the  Holy  Land  in  April.  But 
even  the  pre-dawn  hours  found  the  women  who  loved 
Jesus  sleepless.  Perhaps  they  had  not  slept  at  all 
that  night.  Perhaps  the  earthquake  had  awakened 
them.  But  now  that  the  Jewish  Sabbath  was  past, 
they  were  free  to  show  their  proper  respect  to  their 
Lord.  This  they  had  not  been  able  to  do  on  the 
Friday  because  of  the  necessity  of  laying  his  body 
away  before  sundown,  when  the  Jewish  Sabbath 
began. 

And  so  they  had  bought  sweet  spices  with  which 
to  anoint  him  and  had  left  their  quarters  while  it  was 
yet  dark,  to  fill  their  mission  of  love. 

Mary  Magdalene,  who  is  generally  thought  to  have 
been  younger  than  the  others,  hurried  ahead,  so 
anxious  was  she  to  reach  her  Master's  grave.  Imagine 
her  surprise  and  dismay  when  she  discovered  that 
the  stone  had  been  removed  and  the  sepulchre  was 
open. 

What  could  she  do  but  run  and  tell  the  disciples! 

Meanwhile  the  other  women  approached  the 
sepulchre,  wondering  whom  they  could  get  to  roll 
the  stone  away.  They  were  seemingly  unaware  that 
the  stone  had  been  sealed  and  that  soldiers  had  been 
placed  to  guard  the  tomb.     Mark  says  the  women 


'Touch  Me  Not,"  painting  by 
Karl  Von  Schoenherr 


246 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


'Thomas'  Doubt,"  painting  by 
Giovanni  F.  B.  Guercino 


arrived  at  the  rising  of  the  sun,  and  of  course  were 
also  greatly  shocked  and  perplexed  to  find  the  tomb 
open  and  the  body  gone.  But  they  did  not  have  long 
to  wonder,  for  "two  men  stood  by  them  in  shining 
garments." 

Naturally  the  women  were  frightened  at  seeing  the 
angels,  and  they  bowed  down  before  them.  "Why 
seek  ye  the  living  among  the  dead?"  one  angel  asked. 
"He  is  not  here,  but  is  risen:  remember  how  he  spake 
unto  you  when  he  was  yet  in  Galilee, 

"Saying,  the  Son  of  man  must  be  delivered  into  the 
hands  of  sinful  men,  and  be  crucified,  and  the  third 
day  rise  again." 

He  is  risen!  What  an  inexpressively  significant 
statement.  Never  were  more  beautiful  or  more  mean- 
ingful words  spoken.  What  a  joy  to  have  the  assur- 
ance that  Jesus,  who  walked  the  earth  as  a  mortal, 
had  in  very  deed  shattered  the  bands  of  death  and 
had  taken  up  his  glorified  body,  never  again  to  lay 


it  down;  that  he  had  set  a  pattern  for  all  of  us  to 
follow.  What  comfort  to  know  that  someday  our 
tombs— yours  and  mine— will  likewise  be  empty,  and 
that  we  will  live  again  in  the  eternities  beyond  death. 
On  the  instructions  of  the  angel,  the  women  hur- 
ried to  tell  the  good  news  to  the  disciples. 

Meanwhile  Mary  Magdalene  had  found  Peter  and 
John.  "They  have  taken  away  the  Lord  out  of  the 
sepulchre,"  she  sobbed,  "and  we  know  not  where  they 
have  laid  him."  Without  further  words,  the  two 
disciples  raced  to  the  burial  place.  John,  the  younger 
of  the  two,  arrived  before  Peter,  stooped  down,  looked 
in  the  tomb  and  saw  the  burial  clothes,  but  hesitated 
to  go  inside.  When  the  big  fisherman  arrived,  he 
rushed  into  the  tomb  to  make  sure  it  was  empty.  When 
they  had  satisfied  themselves  that  the  body  of  the 
Lord  was  truly  missing,  Peter  and  John  returned  sor- 
rowing to  their  homes.  (Continued  on  page  274) 


248 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


i 
1 
1 
1 

I 
1 
I 
1 


1 

1 
I 

1 

I 
I 


Thoughts  for  your  Inspirational  Talk 


". .  Where  the  Heart  Is 


mm  mm  am 


Happy  the  man,  whose  wish  and  care 
A  few  paternal  acres  bound, 
Content  to  breathe  his  native  air, 
In  his  own  ground. 

—Alexander  Pope, 
"Ode  on  Solitude" 


Round  the  hearthstone  of  home,  in  the  land 

of  our  birth, 
The  holiest  spot  on  the  face  of  the  earth. 


-George  Pope  Morris,  "Land  Ho!' 


mm  mm-  mm  mm 


A  house  is  never  perfectly  furnished  for  en- 
joyment unless  there  is  a  child  in  it  rising 
three  years  old,  and  a  kitten  rising  six  weeks. 

— Southey 


There  is  no  sanctuary  of  virtue  like  home. 

—Edward  Everett 


Home  in  one  form  or  another,  is  the  great 
object  of  life. 

-J.  G.  Holland,  Gold-Foil 


I 
I 
1 
I 

I 
I 

I 

! 

I 

i 
I 
I 

B 

i 
i  a 

I 

I 

1 

1 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

i 

I 

I 

I 

1 


When  home  is  ruled  according  to  God's 
word,  angels  might  be  asked  to  stay  a  night 
with  us,  and  they  would  not  find  themselves 
out  of  their  element. 

— C.  H.  Spurgeon 


The  house  of  every  one  is  to  him  as  his 
castle  and  fortress,  as  well  for  his  defence 
against  injury  and  violence,  as  for  his  repose. 

—Sir  Edward  Coke 


The  best  security  for  civilization  is  the 
dwelling,  and  upon  proper  and  becoming 
dwellings  depends  more  than  anything  else, 
the  improvement  of  mankind.  Such  dwell- 
ings are  the  nursery  of  all  domestic  virtues, 
and  without  a  becoming  house  the  exercise 
of  those  virtues  is  impossible. 

—Benjamin  Disraeli: 
Speech,  London,  1874 


No  place  is  more  delightful  than  one's  own 
fireside.  —Cicero 


Sweet  is  the  smile  of  home;  the  mutual  look 
When  hearts  are  of  each  other  sure. 

—John  Keble,  The  Christian  Year 


A  comfortable  house  is  a  great  source  of 
happiness.  It  ranks  immediately  after  health 
and  a  good  conscience. 

—Sydney  Smith 


1 

I 

e 
i 
i 

i 

i 
i 

i 

i 

i 


Home    is    something   you    are    bound   to    by 

affection's  golden  chain, 
And  no  evil  dims  its  luster;  time  nor  distance 

cannot  stain, 
When  the  years  are  long  and  lonely,  and  the 

heart  too  old  to  roam, 
Grant,  dear  God,  that  in  some  heaven,  each 

man  finds  his  way  back  home. 

—Miranda  Snow  Walton 
Era  Jan.  1947  page  51 


APRIL  1958 


249 


Melchizedek  Priesthood 


Melchizedek  Priesthood 


Which  comes  first,  the  home  or  the  Church? 

Are  we  putting  so  much  emphasis  on  priesthood 
and  auxiliary  organization  programs  that  we  fail  to 
get  the  full  blessings  that  go  with  real  Latter-day 
Saint  homes? 

How  can  the  family  support  the  Church  and  the 
Church  support  the  family? 

To  get  a  proper  view  of  what  the  Melchizedek 
Priesthood  program  is,  where  the  home  and  the 
family  are  concerned,  perhaps  we  should  remind 
ourselves  of  the  basic  principles  of  salvation  and 
exaltation. 

Let  it  be  remembered  that  exaltation  (which  is 
eternal  life)  consists  in  the  continuation  of  the  family 
unit  in  eternity.  Those  who  enter  in  at  the  gate  of 
celestial  marriage  while  in  this  life,  and  who  there- 
after keep  the  covenants  made  in  connection  with 
that  holy  order,  are  assured  of  membership  in  an 
eternal  family  hereafter. 

Let  it  be  remembered  also  that  the  greatest  joy, 
and  peace,  and  happiness  that  can  be  attained  in 
this  life  come  in  and  through  the  perfection  of  the 
family  group.  Those  homes  where  the  priesthood 
rules  in  righteousness,  where  love  abounds,  where 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  abides,  where  children  are 
born  under  the  covenant,  where  faith  and  righteous- 
ness prevail— they  are  the  true  Latter-day  Saint  homes. 

It  is  only  in  and  through  the  home  that  the  saints 
can  attain  the  fulness  of  the  blessings  of  the  gospel 
either  in  this  life  or  in  the  life  to  come. 


But  the  family  cannot  be  perfected  either  in  time 
or  in  eternity  without  the  Church  and  the  priesthood. 
Valiant  service  in  the  Church  is  a  condition  precedent 
to  attaining  a  celestial  inheritance;  magnifying  one's 
calling  in  the  priesthood  is  a  requirement  of  all  who 
gain  the  fulness  of  the  Father's  kingdom. 

The  home,  the  Church,  and  the  priesthood  act  as 
a  unit  in  enabling  man  to  work  out  his  salvation  and 
fill  the  full  measures  of  his  creation.  It  is  the  gospel 
which  gives  a  celestial  quality  to  the  Latter-day  Saint 
home. 

Man  is  a  son  of  God— the  crowning  creation  of  the 
Father.  The  Church,  the  priesthood,  the  earth,  and 
all  things  are  for  the  benefit  and  blessing  of  man. 
The  Church  is  made  for  man  and  not  man  for  the 
Church.  No  man  should  be  so  tied  down  with  Church 
or  business  or  social  engagements  that  he  cannot  give 
enough  time  to  his  family  so  that  he  can  direct  them 
in  the  path  leading  to  peace  here  and  eternal  reward 
hereafter. 

The  Church  programs,  priesthood  projects,  and 
auxiliary  organization  work  are  aids  and  helps  to  be 
used  for  the  benefit  and  blessing  of  the  family. 

To  illustrate  how  the  home  and  the  priesthood  tie 
in  together  let  us  suppose  that  the  home  is  a  sort  of 
quorum— the  patriarchal  quorum  of  the  home.  The 
father  is  the  quorum  president;  unlike  other  presiding 
officers  in  the  Church,  no  one  can  release  or  remove 
him  from  office.  He  is  supreme  in  his  family.  In 
his  home  he  presides  over  all  visitors,  no  matter  what 


250 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


in  the  home . 


their  church  or  state  position.     His  wife  is  his  coun-. 
selor;  his  children,  the  quorum  members. 

As  with  all  good  quorums  there  should  be  a  regu- 
lar presidency  council  meeting  and  a  regular  quorum 
meeting.  Husband  and  wife  consult  on  policy  mat- 
ters; their  children  share  in  the  consideration  of  family 
problems;  as  the  youngsters  grow  older  they  are 
consulted  on  policy  matters,  and  the  family— though 
patriarchal  in  nature— follows  certain  democratic 
principles. 

Scheduling  of  Church  work  should  take  into  con- 
sideration the  need  for  regular  home  evenings  for 
families.  There  could  well  be  definite  days  on  which 
no  formal  Church  meetings  or  activities  whatever  are 
planned,  so  there  will  be  nothing  to  interfere  with 
family  associations. 

As  part  of  the  home  evening  program,  as  a  regular 
part  of  the  family  conversation  at  the  dinner  table, 
and  at  other  appropriate  times,  the  president  of  the 
family  quorum  should  direct  the  conversation  to 
gospel  subjects  so  that  the  children  may  be  taught 
correct  principles.  Latter-day  Saints  are  failing  in 
many  instances  to  teach  their  children  the  doctrines 
of  the  gospel,  so  that  having  been  taught  correct 
principles  they  will  be  able  to  govern  themselves  in 
all  situations. 

It  is  important  that  the  mother  in  Latter-day  Saint 
homes  he  home  and  that  the  father  come  home.  It 
is  far  better  for  the  family  to  get  along  without  some 
of  the  luxuries  that  might  flow  in  because  a  mother 


works  than  to  deny  the  children  her  presence  and 
guidance  in  the  home. 

During  those  periods  when  young  children  are 
awake,  the  father  should  spend  his  home  time  with 
them.  Certainly  learning  what  they  think,  how  they 
act,  and  influencing  them  in  proper  ways  is  more  im- 
portant than  the  newspaper,  radio,  television,  or  pri- 
vate hobbies.  Private  interests  can  wait  until  young 
children  are  in  bed. 

The  power  of  the  priesthood  should  be  used  in 
the  home  to  bless  the  family.  When  children  are  ill, 
the  father  should  administer  to  them,  and  the  family 
should  unite  in  prayer  and  faith  for  their  recovery. 
Bishops  and  others  who  have  power  to  designate  who 
shall  perform  baptisms,  ordinations,  and  priesthood 
ordinances  should  arrange  it  so  that  worthy  fathers 
baptize,  confirm,  ordain,  and  bless  their  own  children. 
The  father  should  be  the  patriarch  of  his  family. 

As  part  of  this  way  of  family  life,  parents  obviously 
will  weave  into  the  program  for  their  children  all  of 
the  priesthood  and  auxiliary  organization  programs, 
seminary  training,  and  the  like,  which  the  Church 
provides.  Nothing  will  be  overlooked.  The  com- 
plexities and  temptations  of  modern  life  are  such 
that  all  the  forces  of  righteousness  must  unite  to  keep 
the  rising  generation  safe  from  the  lure  of  the  world. 

If  the  priesthood  really  operated  in  the  home,  there 
would  be  little  juvenile  delinquency  and  few  youth 
problems.  The  salvation  of  the  youth  of  the  Church 
rests  primarily  with  their  parents. 


APRIL   1958 


251 


The  Presiding 


tt'i\-tti??.;Y,ii?,v.x-x&-sjx 


::WiraWK-:«vi-rf»: 


Bishopric  s 

Page 


"""?/™:"~:":"o:':v::":^ 


PROGRAM   FOR   COMMEMORATING  THE 
RESTORATION  OF  THE 
AARONIC  PRIESTHOOD 

With  the  approval  of  the  First  Presidency,  the  Pre- 
siding Bishopric  has  designated  Saturday  and  Sunday, 
May  17  and  18,  for  Churchwide  observance  of  the  one 
hundred  twenty-ninth  anniversary  of  the  restoration 
of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood.  On  that  occasion  the  resur- 
rected John  the  Baptist  ordained  Joseph  Smith  and 
Oliver  Cowdery  to  the  Aaronic  Priesthood.  Every 
effort  should  be  made  to  refresh  the  memories  of 
members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  with  the  impor- 
tance of  this  event. 

If  a  pilgrimage  to  some  point  of  interest  is  decided 
upon,  Saturday,  May  17,  should  be  set  aside  for  that 
purpose.  If  no  pilgrimage  is  intended,  some  outdoor 
activities  should  be  arranged  with  emphasis  on  close 
supervision.  If  overnight  camping  is  included,  it 
should  be  planned  for  Friday  night.  Returning  from 
overnight  camping  on  Sunday  morning  does  not  com- 
ply with  proper  observance  of  the  Sabbath  day  and 
should  not  be  permitted. 

In  the  past,  Saturday  activities  have  been  confined 
for  the  most  part  to  members  of  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood under  twenty-one.  However,  some  stakes  and 
wards  have  successfully  combined  senior  members  of 
the  Aaronic  Priesthood  with  those  under  twenty-one 
for  an  outing  with  favorable  results.  Should  this  type 
of  activity  be  contemplated,  the  planning  should  be 
made  by  the  stake  committee  for  Aaronic  Priesthood 
under  twenty-one  and  the  stake  committee  for  senior 
members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood.  It  is  also  sug- 
gested that  if  a  combined  outing  is  decided  upon,  it 
would  be  a  courtesy  to  call  in  ward  committees  to 
have  a  voice  in  the  planning. 

It  should  be  understood  that  if  separate  celebra- 
tions for  the  two  groups  are  preferred,  stake  leaders 
are  free  to  make  such  an  arrangement.     If  there  are 


conditions  which  prohibit  or  make  difficult  the  staging 
of  this  event  on  a  stake  basis,  then  bishops  should 
plan  the  activity  on  a  ward  level.  Traveling  in  cara- 
vans should  be  avoided.  If  long  trips  are  planned, 
busses  should  be  chartered  where  possible.  Insured 
carriers  are  preferred  over  private  cars. 

Special  programs  devoted  to  commemorating  the 
restoration  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  should  be 
planned  for  all  ward  Sacrament  meetings  Sunday, 
May  18.  In  those  stakes  where  quarterly  stake  con- 
ferences are  held  on  this  date,  stake  and  ward  leaders 
should  plan  to  celebrate  this  event  the  week  preceding 
or  following  the  conference. 

Sacrament  Meeting  Program 
Theme    Reverence    and   the    Aaronic    Priesthood 


1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 


8. 


9. 


Opening  Song— Congregation.. .."Praise  To  The  Man" 

Invocation  A  Senior  Member 

Sacrament  Song  

Administration  of  the  Sacrament  by 

Members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  

5.  Aaronic  Priesthood  or  Youth  Chorus  

"An  Angel  From  on   High" 

6.  Talk  by  a  Senior  Member  Five  minutes 

"Brief  Review  of  the  Restoration  of  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood" 

7.  Talk  by  a  Deacon  Five  Minutes 

"Why  I  Believe  Punctuality  is  a  Vital  Part  of  Filling 
Aaronic  Priesthood  Assignments" 

Talk  by  an  Ordained  Teacher  Five  Minutes 

"Why  the  Sacrament  Should  Be  Prepared  in  the 
Spirit  of  Reverence" 

Talk  by  a  Priest  Five  minutes 

"The  Importance  of  Reverence  on  the  Part  of  Those 
Officiating  at  the  Sacrament  Table" 

Song— Chorus  or  Quartet 

"Come  All  Ye  Sons  of  God" 

11.  Talk  by  a  Young  Woman  of  Priest's  Age  

— -. Five  minutes 

"My  Impressions  of  Young  Men  Who  Demonstrate 
Reverence" 

Talk  by  a  Father Five  minutes 

"How  a  Father  Can  Teach  his  Sons  the  Value  of 
Reverence  in   Honoring  the   Priesthood" 

Talk  by  the  Bishop Eight  minutes 

"The  Responsibility  of  the  Bishopric  and  Aaronic 
Priesthood  Leaders  in  Teaching  Reverence  to  the 
Young  Men  of  our  Ward" 

Closing  Song  

"We  Thank  Thee,  O  God,  for  a  Prophet" 

15.   Benediction  .A  Senior  Member 


10 


12 


13 


14 


252 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


BUILDING  FRIENDSHIPS 
RESPONSIBILITY  OF  WARD  TEACHERS 

Every  visit  made  by  ward  teachers  should  be  an 
effort  to  make  new  friendships  or  to  further  consoli- 
date old  ones.  Where  there  is  friendship,  there  is 
understanding;  and  where  there  is  understanding, 
there  is  confidence.  While  there  is  no  prescribed 
formula  for  ward  teachers  to  follow  in  building  friend- 
ship, there  are  some  fundamentals  which  promote 
reciprocal  friendliness. 

From  the  contact  at  the  door  there  should  be  a 
continuous  demonstration  of  warmth  and  cordiality  on 
the  part  of  ward  teachers  toward  the  family.  The 
greeting  should  include  recognition  of  each  member 
of  the  family.  Where  there  is  illness,  ward  teachers 
should  be  particularly  solicitous. 

Through  adequate  study  ward  teachers  should  make 
the  discussion  appealing.  Where  there  are  children 
in  the  home,  a  part  of  the  message  should  be  on  their 
level.  An  interchange  of  ideas  and  opinions  should 
be  encouraged  with  each  member  of  the  family  making 
an  expression.  Any  differences  of  opinion  should  be 
tactfully  reasoned  out.  Argument  and  contradiction 
should  be  avoided.  Points  of  doctrine  not  clearly  un- 
derstood should  be  explained  and  clarified. 

Ward  teachers  should  quickly  lend  a  helping  hand 
in  cases  of  emergency.  They  should  be  prompt  in 
their  efforts  to  alleviate  distress.  It  is  their  duty  to 
share  sorrows,  heartaches,  and  disappointments,  and 
to  rejoice  with  members  in  their  success.  They  should 
keep  sacred  those  matters  related  to  them  in  confi- 
dence. They  should  be  tolerant,  never  speaking  dis- 
paragingly about  anyone.  They  should  always  take 
the  role  of  peacemakers,  giving  wise  and  prudent 
counsel.  Ward  teachers  who  follow  these  suggestions 
will  not  lack  for  friends  among  those  whom  they 
teach. 


The  above  view  of  the  Susquehanna  River  is  one  of  the 
river  as  it  runs  south  in  northern  Pennsylvania  in  the  region 
near  Harmony.  It  was  in  this  area  and  on  the  banks  of  this 
river  where  John  the  Baptist  ordained  Joseph  Smith  and  Oliver 
Cowdery  to  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  May  15,  1829. 


STUDY  GUIDE  FOR  WARD  TEACHERS 
MAY  1958 

The  Standards  of  the  Church 

We  are  living  in  a  day  when  compromise  is  fre- 
quently suggested  to  members  who  are  trying  to  live 
according  to  the  standards  of  the  Church.  To  compro- 
mise means  to  give  up  something— to  make  a  conces- 
sion. To  Latter-day  Saints  compromise  means 
lowering  of  standards.  Those  who  suggest  compromise 
accuse  those  who  do  not  yield  to  it  of  being  old- 
fashioned.  These  people  would  have  us  believe  that 
changing  times  and  conditions  justify  the  modification 
of  standards. 

The  standards  of  the  Church  are  the  standards  of 
the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ.  The  teachings  of  the  Savior 
during  his  ministry  and  the  teachings  he  has  given 
through  his  prophets  since  his  resurrection  are  the 
bases  for  present  standards.  These  standards  are 
permanent  and  unchanging.  How  nearly  we  come  to 
living  up  to  them  depends  on  how  strong  our  con- 
victions are  and  how  well  we  understand  the  gospel. 

The  standards  of  the  Church  require  love  of 
God,  faith  in  the  Savior  and  in  his  mission,  love  of 
neighbors,  acceptance  of  Joseph  Smith  and  his  suc- 
cessors as  prophets  of  God,  respect  for  the  priesthood, 
obedience  to  the  commandments  of  the  Lord  and  the 
teachings  of  his  servants,  observance  of  the  Sabbath 
day,  payment  of  tithing,  keeping  of  the  Word  of 
Wisdom,  and  loyalty  to  the  Church  and  its  leaders. 

The  moral  standard  of  the  Church  requires  personal 
purity  of  all  its  members.  There  are  no  double  stand- 
ards of  morality.  The  law  of  chastity  is  as  binding 
upon  men  as  it  is  upon  women. 

The  fact  that  the  world  has  become  selfish  and 
grasping  has  not  altered  the  standard  of  honesty.  Full 
measure,  full  count,  full  weight,  and  full  value, 
whether  in  buying  or  selling,  will  always  be  the 
standard  of  honesty  in  dealing  with  our  fellow  men. 

There  never  has  been,  and  never  ivill  be,  any  varia- 
tion from  the  standard  of  truth.  This  durable  quality 
includes  all  of  the  virtues  of  a  noble  character.  Those 
who  are  conscientiously  truthful  speak  truly,  think 
truly,  and  live  truly. 

These  basic  standards  form  the  code  from  which 
Latter-day  Saints  should  pattern  their  lives.  The  hap- 
piest, the  most  satisfied,  and  the  most  blessed  people 
in  all  the  world  are  those  who  live  according  to  these 
unchanging  standards. 

SUBJECT  OF  STUDY  GUIDE 
FOR  JUNE  1958 

"Reverence  in  our  Chapels" 


APRIL   1958 


253 


Northward  Ho  the  Prairies 

(Continued)  tired  and  peaceful.  My  eyes  could 
never  resist  the  splendor  of  the  shining  clouds  which 
rolled  like  storms  of  snow  through  the  deep  spaces 
of  the  sky. 

I  was  making  plans  to  go  north  to  Calgary  to  train 
for  teaching  in  Canadian  schools,  when  the  teacher 
in  our  district  became  ill  and  returned  East.  I  was 
asked  to  take  her  place.  As  President  Wood  had 
suggested  he  would,  the  government  inspector  for 
our  area  visited  my  school,  and  after  giving  me  an 
oral  examination  issued  me  a  permit  which  would  be 
good  until  he  came  again  in  a  few  months.  The 
schoolhouse  was  a  frame  building  with  two  rooms. 
I  taught  the  beginners  and  up  to  the  fourth  grade. 

It  didn't  seem  long  before  the  blasts  of  winter 
swept  down  over  the  plains  to  hammer  on  the  build- 
ings and  pile  drifts  of  snow.  The  children  living 
near  the  schoolhouse  wallowed  through  the  snow  like 
intrepid  little  animals.  Around  the  roaring  potbellied 
stove,  ears  burned  and  toes  ached  with  chilblains. 
There  was  always  an  uneasy  scuffing  of  feet  against 
the  edges  of  the  desks.  I  wondered  how  the  children 
escaped  pneumonia,  for  at  recess  out  they  would  go, 
rushing  into  "The  Bear  Went  over  the  Mountain," 
"Fox  and  Geese,"  snow  fort,  and  other  games,  coming 
in  wet  with  snow  and  perspiration. 

In  one  three-day  blizzard  the  temperature  went 
down  to  thirty  degrees  below  zero.  After  the  chil- 
dren were  safely  home  the  first  day  of  the  storm, 
school  was  closed  until  it  was  over.  Twice  each 
day,  Father  went  to  the  barn  to  feed  the  stock  and 
bring  fuel  to  the  house.  Even  Father  with  his  in- 
domitable will  was  awed  by  the  fury  of  the  blizzard. 
Wind  and  snow  seemed  to  be  in  battle  as  they  roared 
and  whistled  around  the  eaves  of  the  house.  The 
morning  of  the  fourth  day,  the  world  was  a  silent 
white  sea  stretching  out  to  the  horizon,  but  by  after- 
noon there  was  a  thick  driving  snow  which  again 
veiled  the  features  of  the  landscape. 

Ben  came  over  during  the  interval  between  storms 
and,  seeing  our  consternation,  laughed,  "This  is  no 


new  storm.  It  is  the  other  one  drifting.  This  is  the 
well-known  south  wind  blowing.  It  follows  the 
northers  and  is  colder.  I'll  tell  you,  the  stock  doesn't 
like  it." 

"The  stock?"  I  queried  wryly.  "What  about  us 
humans?"  This  malice  of  the  weather  was  beyond 
a  joke,  this  blowing  without  mercy,  without  rest. 

Ben's  steady  eyes  looked  straight  into  mine  as  he 
went  on  gently,  "Tomorrow  the  chinook  will  blow. 
It  is  a  warm  wind  and  will  melt  the  snow." 

To  Ben  the  animals  had  souls,  and  there  was  ap- 
parently an  affinity  between  him  and  them.  Our 
Johnny  also  had  a  way  with  animals  and  whenever 
possible  he  would  strike  out  for  Ben's  place,  his 
golden  hair  shining  out  from  under  his  tightly  drawn 
cap,  his  elbows  flapping  as  he  urged  his  horse  to  a 
gallop.  He  learned  from  Ben  that  animals  will  not 
die  of  the  cold  as  easily  if  fed  and  watered  and  urged 
to  move  around.  At  that  time  the  farmers  did  not 
go  in  for  much  extra  feeding  of  cattle.  The  rule  was. 
to  sell  them  on  the  hoof  or  butchered  in  the  fall  of 
the  year. 

The  warmth  of  the  indoors  attracted  many  of  the 
settlers  and  the  cast-iron  stove  in  our  little  village 
store  always  drew  a  group  during  cold  weather.  Ben, 
after  leaving  them,  would  remark,  "The  man  who  sits 
by  the  fire  all  day,  is  throwing  the  best  of  his  life 
away." 

I  wondered  often  if  the  Vikings  of  old  were  too  in- 
terested in  the  affairs  of  daily  life  to  think  of  romance, 
as  Ben  seemed  to  be.  I  had  learned  that  he  was 
namesake  and  descendant  of  Benedickt  Amussen,  who 
sailed  the  seas  with  Leif  Ericson. 

To  me  the  spring  seemed  slow  to  come.  The 
ground  stayed  frozen  well  into  March;  the  air  re- 
mained raw  and  the  skies  dark.  But  to  those  who 
knew  the  climate  it  was  not  unusual.  With  the  song 
of  the  meadow  lark  and  the  swift  whistle  of  the  kill- 
deer  came  the  prairie  crocus,  mauve  and  violet.  The 
chokecherry  bushes  etching  the  shoulder  of  the  coulee 
held  out  tight-furled,  torch-like  buds.  The  winter 
wheat  was  spotty  and  thin  where  the  wind  had  blown 
the   snow  off  the   ground.     A   hard   freeze   after   a 


TEN-YEAB-OLD  IN  APRIL 
by  Maude  Rubin 

He  walks  among  the  greening  trees 

And  sees 
Every  bright  robin-breast,  each  floating  butterfly- 
Laughs  at  the  skittering  game 
Of  fur-plumed  squirrels.  .  .  .  Time  sends 
Him  on  his  sun-bright  way  and  lends 
Wonder  to  ponder  when  evening  stars  his  sky. 


254 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


wuess  what  the  boy 
with  that  "hollow  feeling" 


finds  good, 
and  good 
for  him! 


Nabisco 

SUGAR 

Honey 
Grahams 


THE 


GRAHAMS 


Available  in  one-  and  two-pound  packages 


because  they're  made  with  rich  graham  flour 

and  pure  honey!  What  a  wholesome  way  to  "fill  up" 
hungry  pantry-raiders!  Nabisco  Sugar  Honey  Gkahams. 
The  perfect  between -meal  snack.  Nabisco  scores  them  to 
snap  into  bite-size  halves  (less  crumbs).  Wraps  them  in  3 
In-Er-Seal  wax  packets  for  lasting  crispness.  Get  some  today. 

NATIONAL  BISCUIT  COMPANY® 


APRIL    1958 


25" 


Northward  Ho  the  Prairies 

warm  spell  sometimes  spelled  dis- 
aster if  the  roots  had  not  gone  deeply 
enough  into  the  ground.  When 
asked  when  they  were  going  to  start 
ploughing  and  working  the  land,  the 
farmers  would  usually  answer, 
"When  there's   life  in  the  ground." 

With  legs  swinging  and  shoulders 
squared,  father  went  after  the  spring 
work.  He  had  been  impatient  to 
begin  for  weeks.  The  weather 
warmed  up  surprisingly  with  no 
early  rains.  April,  then  May  passed 
with  no  sign  of  moisture  from  the 
skies.  Fearful  thoughts  passed 
through  people's  minds.  Everybody 
dreaded  a  drouth.  Ben  as  usual  was 
philosophical,  "Even  when  the  grain 
stands  brave  and  green,  people  will 
always  be  afraid,  afraid  of  drouth, 
grasshoppers,  hail,  and  other  ills.  If 
you're  going  to  be  afraid,  you  might 
as  well  be  afraid  to  plant  in  the 
spring." 

Mother,  like  Ben,  was  usually  re- 
assuring, but  when  June  went  by 
with  no  rain,  I  noticed  an  anxious 
look  on  her  face.  Gradually  the 
small  lakes  dried  up,  showing  only 
a  coating  of  alkali.  July  1,  Domin- 
ion Day,  was  celebrated  bravely  in 
our  town  and  folk  came  from  sur- 
rounding areas,  even  from  Cardston, 
to  enjoy  it.  Our  rodeos  had  at- 
tracted attention,  and  with  the  chil- 
dren's races,  the  ball  game  for  the 
men,  and  a  dance  in  the  meeting- 
house to  top  it  all  off,  the  day  was 
a  great  success. 

For  some  time  we  forgot  to  scan 
the  sky  for  signs  of  rain.  The  blue 
sky,  once  a  pleasant  sight,  became 
something  to  be  despised,  and  the 
sun  became  an  evil  eye,  staring 
without  compassion.  Kneeling  on 
the  braided  rug  beside  my  bed,  with 
clasped  hands  I  prayed  that  rain 
clouds  might  sweep  down  from  the 
Rockies.  It  became  pitiful  to  see 
the  cattle  seek  out  the  buckbrush 
for  its  juicy  leaves.  Then  came  high 
winds,  with  terrific  force,  tearing  the 
sandy  loam  from  the  dry  grass  roots, 
raging  into  coulees,  rattling  small 
pebbles  against  the  windows,  under 
doors,  and  through  cracks.  For  days 
the  sun  was  a  pale  moon. 

Ben  rode  the  ridge,  tailing  up 
fallen  cows  that  had  been  deserted 
and  given  up  by  their  owners.  He 
brought  in  calves  which  had  been 
left  motherless,  and  Johnny,  Harlan, 
and  I,  each  with  one  hand  in  the 
milk   bucket,  pressed  their  mouths 


into  the  warm  liquid  to  suck  at  our 
fingers. 

"They  think  we're  their  mothers," 
Harlan  laughed.  I  looked  at  Ben, 
broad-shouldered,  sturdy,  and  hap- 
py that  the  cattle  could  be  saved. 
It  didn't  matter  that  the  owners 
came  to  get  them;  he  was  just  glad 
that  they  had  been  saved. 

"This  is  like  it  is  in  Iceland,"  he 
explained,  "only  it  is  goats  there. 
No  weather  is  too  cold  or  stormy  to 
keep  them  from  hunting  the  lost 
ones." 

After  feeding  the  last  of  the  stray 
calves,  Ben  patted  Harlan's  head. 
"And  a  fine  little  mother  you  are, 
my  boy,"  he  laughed  as  he  turned 
to  look  at  me.  "It's  early  for  chores," 
he  said.  "Would  you  like  to  take 
a  ride  with  me  along  the  river?" 

Tightening  the  cinch  on  my  sad- 
dle, he  mounted  his  horse  and  we 
started  down  the  trail.  It  wasn't 
a  pretty  sight,  the  river  road.  The 
grass  had  turned  to  amber  and  the 
water  seemed  to  have  gone  under- 
ground, except  for  small  pools  here 
and  there.  Ben  was  quiet,  as  he 
usually  was  when  alone  with  me. 
Back  home  in  Utah,  it  had  never 
been  difficult  to  attract  young  men. 
But  this  "Viking"  was  different. 
Quite  shamelessly  I  had  tried  to 
show  my  interest,  but  he  had  never 
seemed  to  notice.  I  was  beginning 
to  wish  that  I  had  not  been  so  for- 
ward, when  he  began  to  talk. 

"I'm  as  broke  as  the  next  one, 
Diane,  but  I  have  decided  to  go 
north  to  High  River  and  take  up 
land,  a  homestead,  where  the  drouth 
isn't  so  bad.  I'm  shipping  what 
stock  I  have  left.  In  a  year  I'll  have 
a  pretty  good  start  again.  Will  you 
wait  for  me?" 


THE  SPIRIT'S  PATH 
by  Helen  Maring 

When  day  grows  long,  the  spirit's 

path 
Leads    up,    beyond    the    realms    of 

pain— 
And  all  life's  lovely  aftermath 
Brings   back  the  ones  we've  loved 

again. 
What  glad  reunions  there  must  be! 
The  new  adventuring,  what  bliss! 
We  reach  toward  immortality 
In  work,  and  humble  days  like  this. 


I  was  certain  that  he  heard  the 
beating  of  my  heart,  but  I  tried 
not  to  show  my  eagerness.  "Ben,  is 
this  a  proposal?" 

In  his  low,  vibrant  voice  he  an- 
swered, "If  you  doubt  it,  maybe  this 
will  convince  you."  He  held  me 
close  and  kissed  me.  I  threw  my 
arms  around  his  neck,  tightening 
them,  holding  him.  His  strong 
hands  reached  for  my  right  one,  and 
with  swinging  hands  we  rode 
slowly  home.  A  violent  mist  ap- 
peared over  the  hills  and  I  felt  the 
closeness  of  this  land  to  my  soul. 

As  we  reached  the  corral  fence, 
two  neighbors  were  in  an  argument 
with  Father.  They  mounted  their 
horses  and  rode  away,  and  without 
a  glance  in  our  direction,  Father 
went  into  the  house. 

"You  must  stay  for  dinner,  Ben," 
I  said.  "We're  having  roast  wild 
duck  with  Mother's  savory  dressing. 
We'll  announce  our  engagement." 

On  the  reservoir  of  the  stove  the 
bread  lay  white  and  rising  and  I 
molded  some  into  rolls.  Father's 
face  remained  unreadable,  though 
tranquil.  He  did  not  notice  our 
happy  countenances,  but  once  the 
news  was  out,  there  were  pleased 
exclamations  from  all. 

"You  may  get  married  as  soon  as 
you  wish  and  then  come  and  live 
with  us,"  said  Mother. 

"Imagine  two  strong-minded  men 
like  Pa  and  Ben  running  a  place  to- 
gether," I  said. 

After  the  family  had  retired  for 
the  night,  I  said  to  Ben,  "Why  didn't 
you  give  me  a  hint  of  your  love  for 
mer 

Drawing  me  close,  he  replied, 
"Whenever  I  looked  at  you,  I 
thought  of  the  angels  on  the  Sunday 
School  cards  we  used  to  receive 
back  in  Iceland  when  I  was  a  little 
boy.  Much  as  I  wanted  to,  I 
couldn't  picture  you  as  my  sweet- 
heart!" 

During  this  time  and  after  going 
to  bed,  I  heard  soft  voices  in  my 
parents'  room.  But  not  until  next 
morning  did  I  learn  that  three  or 
four  families  were  leaving  Canada, 
loading  their  stock  and  furniture  in 
a  boxcar.  All  of  them  wanted  Jim 
Bradley  to  go  along. 

The  following  Sunday,  I  watched 
little  clouds  of  dust  arise  on  the 
river  road  as  buggies  drove  up  to 
our  door.  The  afternoon  was  spent 
in  talking,  eating,  hugging,  and 
shaking  hands,  and  some  tears  were 
shed.      Those    who    were    leaving 


256 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


u\lf^ 


PROBLEM—  Z* 

how  can  low  grade      ^_ 

^^coppcr  ore  corrtfaue  1t>  help 
educate  Utah  children?   ^ 


Last  year  Kennecott  paid  for  educating  27,000  Utah  children 
— 13.5%  of  all  students  attending  elementary,  junior  high  and 
senior  high  schools  throughout  the  state.  The  money  for  their 
education  came  from  Kennecott's  state  and  local  taxes,  which 
totaled  about  $13,780,000  for  1957.  Of  that  amount,  $6,800,000 
was  for  school  operation  and  an  additional  $1,900,000  was  for 
school  building. 

Kennecott  pays  its  taxes,  just  as  it  pays  other  operating  costs, 
from  money  earned  by  producing  copper  and  selling  it  profitably. 
When  production  is  based  on  ore  averaging  only  82  hundredths  of 
one  percent  copper,  success  depends  to  a  large  extent  on  keeping 
costs  down. 

However,  during  the  war  years  and  the  period  of  high  copper 
demand  that  followed,  the  emphasis  was  on  maximum  production, 
because  Kennecott  wanted  to  keep  its  customers  supplied  with  the 
metal  they  needed.  Cost  of  production  was  a  secondary  factor. 
Now  the  situation  has  changed  and  it  is  essential  that  Kennecott 
get  its  cost  in  line  to  compete  in  today's  copper  market.  And  that 
poses  a  problem. 

Costs  have  been  rising  sharply.  In  just  the  past  five  years 
employment  costs  have  risen  46%,  supplies  and  equipment  have 
gone  up  substantially  and  state  and  local  taxes  have  climbed  85%>. 

So  Kennecott  is  seeking  economies  in  a  wide  variety  of  ways: 
through  work  simplification,  expanded  use  of  employee  suggestions, 
improved  methods,  better  use  of  supplies  and  equipment,  and  the 
most  efficient  use  of  the  work  force. 

Switching  the  emphasis  from  production  to  economy  will  be 
of  tremendous  importance  to  Kennecott  and  to  Utah.  It  will  help 
Kennecott  continue  to  operate  successfully.  And  successful  opera- 
tions mean  continued  benefits,  including  tax  payments  that  do 
such  a  big  job  of  helping  to  educate  Utah  children. 


Utah  t       er 
Dim 


Kennecott  Copper  Corporation 


A  Good  Neighbor  Helping  to  Build  a  Better  Utah 


APRIL   1958 


257 


talked  of  another  range,  a  rich  val- 
ley in  Idaho  not  touched  by  drouth. 
"Why   not   string   along   with   us, 
Jim?" 

"Yes,  come  join  us,  Jim.  We  want 
you  and  we  need  your  horses  to 
help  us  get  started.  We  won't  have 
credit  to  go  on." 

Father  was  glancing  around  at 
the  new  corrals  he  had  built,  the 
sheds  and  reinforced  barn,  and  then 
at  the  windbreak  of  tree  shoots  that 
were  bravely  trying  to  live.  Next 
to  him  stood  Johnny,  his  troubled 
eyes  near  tears.  Mother  patted  his 
shoulder  reassuringly.  I  knew  that 
whatever  her  husband's  decision,  it 
would  be  right  in  her  eyes.  With 
squared  shoulders  and  lips  tightly 
drawn,  he  spoke  candidly,  "If  any 
of  you  men  need  my  horses  in  Idaho, 
I'll  trade  them  for  the  remnant  of 
your  brands  lost  in  the  ridge.  This 
country's  got  enough  wrong  with  it, 
but  right  now  all  it  needs  is  rain. 
It's  rained  before  and  I  reckon  it'll 
rain  again.     I'm  figurin'  to  stay." 

"Whatever  comes,  it's  as  bad  right 
now  as  a  man  can  stand,"  Don  Ben- 
son declared. 

"I  don't  want  to  leave  either," 
Mother  smiled,  as  Johnny  took  turns 
hugging  her  and  Father. 

All  realized  that  they  might  never 
meet  again.  Faces  showed  the 
strain  of  weeks  of  worry  over  the 
lack  of  moisture.  Separations  here 
were  always  sorrowful,  for  neigh- 
bors living  five,  ten,  or  even  twenty 
miles  away  were  often  closer  to 
each  other  than  next-door  neighbors 
are  in  a  town  or  city.  The  place 
seemed  unbearably  quiet  after  the 
last  outfit  was  swallowed  by  the 
prairie. 

After  a  trip  into  Cardston  next 
day,  Father  announced,  "I  talked 
to  Will  Thompson  from  Spring 
Coulee.  He's  offering  me  a  job 
helping  around  the  ranch  and  doing 
some  riding." 

"Oh,  Pa!"  My  eyes  opened  wide. 
Although  I  didn't  add,  "At  your 
age!"  he  read  my  thoughts. 

"Yes,  I'm  forty-five  but  I'm  in  fine 
condition  and  can  ride  as  well  as 
any  young  sprout.  Remember,  they 
are  laying  men  off  at  Mclntyre's 
and  the  Knight  Company.  I'm  lucky 
to  have  work." 

"We  can  get  along  with  my  wages 
at  school." 

"Yes,  but  with  the  two  of  us  work- 
ing we'll  have  a  Christmas  to  scrape 
the  stars.  Besides,  Johnny  is  grow- 
ing fast  and  needs  responsibility." 


Mother  hadn't  said  a  word.  I  was 
crocheting  medallions  for  a  table 
cover  to  place  in  the  cedar  chest 
Ben  had  given  me  before  leaving  for 
High  River.  I  had  just  read  the 
letter  he  had  sent  from  Macleod, 
well  past  Lethbridge,  written  in  a 
steady  hand  as  firm  as  his  cheeks. 
Glancing  at  Mother,  I  noted  a  de- 
termined expression. 

"Jim  Bradley,  I've  always  gone 
along  with  your  decisions  as  long 
as  you  were  practical.  But  now  I 
draw  the  line.  To  begin  with,  how 
are  you  going  to  hunt  strays  in  the 
ridge  if  you  are  trading  some  of  your 
horses  to  those  who  are  leaving? 
And  another  thing,  Johnny  is  still 
a  child,  just  reached  eleven  and  not 
ready  to  take  charge  of  the  ranch 
in  winter  or  any  time.  Besides  he 
will  be  in  school." 

In  a  disheartened  voice,  Father 
answered,  "Minerva,  I  don't  know, 
I  just  don't  know  what  to  do.  We're 
deep  in  debt,  with  not  a  cent  to  live 
on.  If  I  did  consent  to  get  along 
on  Diane's  wages  as  a  teacher,  it 
wouldn't  be  enough  for  our  needs. 
Will  you  please  tell  me  what  else 
to  do?" 


BIRCHES  AT  NIGHT 
by  Ethel  Jacobson 

Birches  at  night 

Beside  the  stream 

Stand  pale  as  wraiths, 

Deep  in  dream, 

Slim  as  maidens, 

Veiled  of  face 

By  leafy  scarves 

Of  shadow  lace, 

Which  moonlight  stitches 

Silver-bright 

For  tall  young  birches 

In  the  night, 

Tall  birch-maidens 

In  the  night. 


"There's  only  one  alternative- 
leave  for  Idaho  with  our  neighbors," 
Mother  said. 

Father  looked  at  her  for  a  moment. 
"I'll  go  now  and  tell  our  friends 
we'll  join  them." 

"Oh,  don't  hurry,  Jim.  It's  chore 
time  and  morning  will  be  soon 
enough." 

"Pa,  I  thought  you  said  that  we 
would  be  blessed  if  we  answered 
the  call  and  came  to  Canada," 
Johnny  asked. 

I  couldn't  bear  to  stay  longer  and 
hear  the  answer  Father  would  try  to 
give  his  son.  The  horse  was  teth- 
ered to  the  gatepost,  so  I  slipped 
into  the  saddle  and  started  down 
the  trail.  The  sky  was  overcast  and 
the  wind  had  freshened,  clouded 
with  mist  blowing  in  from  the 
Rockies  to  the  west.  There  was  a 
certain  fragrance,  one  I  had  almost 
forgotten.  Suddenly,  I  knew.  First 
the  drumming  on  the  old  hat  I  was 
wearing,  then  there  were  puffs  of 
dust  everywhere.  The  horses  began 
running  down  the  trail.  The  fra- 
grance was  unmistakable  now,  and 
the  drenching,  long-awaited  drops 
filled  the  prairie  air. 

I  had  glimpsed  a  rider  on  the 
road  across  the  river.  He  had  be- 
come hidden  in  the  swirling  rain, 
but  soon  I  saw  that  it  was  Ben.  We 
met  with  a  splash  of  hoofs,  and  the 
horses,  their  sides  dripping,  came 
close  together.  As  he  held  me,  the 
sky  and  I  poured  long  held  back 
torrents  on  his  enduring  shoulder. 
Together  we  rode,  holding  hands 
from  saddle  to  saddle  as  we  had 
done  weeks  before. 

"I  don't  know  how  to  tell  you,  my 
dearest,  but  something,  some  im- 
pression just  wouldn't  let  me  go  on 
after  I  had  written  the  letter  to  you. 
The  train  crew  thought  I  had  taken 
leave  of  my  senses  when  I  told  them 
to  disconnect  my  boxcar  from  the 
ones  going  north.  It  took  a  lot  of 
courage,  but  I  knew  that  I  wasn't  to 
go  to  High  River.  So  here  I  am. 
I'll  hunt  for  strays  and  perhaps  your 
mother  can  use  a  man  around  the 
place  while  your  father  is  working 
in  Spring  Coulee." 

As  we  entered  the  house,  I  spoke 
to  Johnny,  "Father  was  right.  We 
are  blessed  by  obeying,  by  settling 
in  Canada." 

With  tears  in  his  eyes,  Father 
said,  "Pa  always  told  me  that  when 
troubles  come  thick,  they  soon  get 
their  worst,  then  they  start  to  mend. 
I  reckon  he  was  right." 


258 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


CONOCO-The  Hottest  Brand  Going 

Announces... 


Third  Prize: 

10  RCA-Whirlpool 
Washer-Dryer 
Combinations! 

Best  answer  yet  to  a  woman's  wash- 
day prayers!  Fully  automatic.  Set 
dials  and  your  wash  is  done  'n' 
dried! 


Second  Prize: 

1958  Station  Wagon  of  Your  Choice! 

Choose  the  Ford,  Chev- 
rolet or  Plymouth  Station 
Wagon,  the  make,  color 
and  equipment  you  want 
(up  to  $4000). 

Fourth  Prize: 

100  Philco 

"Slender 
Seventeener" 
Portable  TV  Sets! 

'58-new  TV  in  a  trim  form  really 
designed  to  be  carried.  Wherever 
you  go,  take  the  show! 

rLU55  $100  Cash  Bonuses  to  every  prize  winner  who  gets 
an  oil  change  with  either  New  Conoco  all-season  Super  Motor 
Oil  or  Conoco  Super  Motor  Oil  before  sending  in  his  entry  blank, 
and  has  entry  blank  so  certified  by  his  Conoco  Dealer  in  space 
provided. 

*Choose  any  1958  Cadillac  model  (Series  62)  you  prefer:  convertible,  hard- 
top, sedan  .  .  .  or  similar  choice  of  comparably  priced  car  {maximum  retail 
value  $6200).  We'll  fill  it  with  $10,000  in  cash! 

How  to  enter:  Obtain  official  entry  blank  from  any  Conoco  Dealer. 
Complete  last  line  of  jingle  printed  on  entry  card.  Last  line  must  rhyme 
with  agree.  Print  your  name  and  address  in  space  provided.  Enter  as 
often  as  you  wish,  but  use  only  official  entry  blanks. 


IT'S  EASY  TO  WIN! 

Just  complete  this  simple  jingle: 

Drive  in  today  and  you  will  soon  know 
Why  the  Hottest  Brand  Going  is  Conoco; 
Try  our  gas,  oil,  service — and  you'll  agree, 

/ 

For  example:  It's  Conoco  care  for  my  car — and  me! 


All  you  have  to  do 

to  win  a  Cadillac  full 
of  cash  is  write  a  win- 
ning last  line  to  this 
jingle.  Last  word  of 
last  line  must  rhyme 
with  agree. 


Where  fo  send:  After  completing  entry,  tear  out  of  folder,  affix  3t  stamp,  and 
mail  to:  Conoco  Hottest  Brand  Going  Contest,  Box  7508,  Chicago  77,  111. 
Other  Rules:  Contest  begins  April  1,  1958,  and  ends  May  15,  1958.  Entries  must 
be  postmarked  before  midnight,  May  15,  1958.  Contest  subject  to  complete  rules 
as  set  forth  on  entry  blank  available  at  all  Conoco  Dealers. 

HINTS  TO  HELP  YOU  WIN: 

Conoco  Royal  Gasoline  with  TCP  plus  .  .  .  combines  TCPf  with  oil-plating  action 
.  .  .  boosts  power  as  it  cuts  wear  as  it  increases  mileage. 

New  Conoco  all-season  Super  Motor  Oil  .  .  .  exclusive  Oil-Plating®  plates  a 
film  of  protection  to  upper  engine  parts  that  can't  drain  down  .  .  .  even  overnight. 
Gives  you  faster  starts,  automatic  warm-up,  up  to  80%  less  wear. 

Conoco  Royal  Service:  Every  Conoco  Dealer  has  pledged  himself  to  give  you 
the  most  complete  and  courteous  service  on  the  highway. 

FACTS  ABOUT  CONTINENTAL  OIL  COMPANY: 

•  It's  America's  second  oldest  major  oil  company. 

•  The  Conoco  Red  Triangle  is  seen  by  48  million  people  every  day. 

•  Conoco  serves  the  people  of  27  states,  through  8,766  service  stations. 

tlYademark  owned  and  patent  applied  for  by  Shell  Oil  Company.   ©1958.  Continental  Oil  Company. 


Get  Going  in  the 

Hottest  Contest  Going -SEE  YOUR  CONOCO  DEALER  TODAY! 


APRIL   1958 


259 


OODFOLD 

Folding  Doors 


IT  COSTS  SO  LITTLE  .  .  . 

For  real  convenience,  use  wood  folding 
doors  with  the  warm  beauty  of  natural 
woods  —  so  easy  to  keep  clean. 
Woodfold  doors  are  available  in  7 
natural  wood  finishes  to  match  your 
woodwork,  paneling  or  furniture,  in 
sizes  to  fit  any  opening.  Glide  smoothly, 
quietly.  EASY  TO  INSTALL  YOURSELF. 
See  them  at  .  .  . 


YOUR  LOCAL 
LUMBER  DEALER 

Distributed  by 
MORRISON  MERRILL 


For  An  Honest  Loaf 


AND  A  LIFETIME 
OF  HEALTH  . . . 

LEE  HOUSEHOLD 

STONE  GRINDING 
FLOUR  MILL 


•  Automatic 

•  Economical 

•  Portable 

When  you  grind  your 
own  flour,  a  few  hours 
before  baking,  you  get 
an  honest  loaf!  You 
can  taste  the  differ- 
ence. 

Save  on  introductory 
offer!  Send  coupon 
with  check  or  money 
order  for  choice  5  lb. 
pkg.  stone  ground  the 
day  shipped. 

LEE   ENGINEERING   CO. 
Milwaukee  1,  Wis. 


ALL 
ELECTRIC 


Lee    Engineering   Company,   Dept.    IE-4-58 
2023  W.  Wisconsin  Ave.,  Milwaukee   1,  Wis. 

□  Deaf  Smith  Flour  5  lb.  pkg.  Pp.  only  $1.50 

□  Wis.  Minn.  Flour  5  lb.  pkg.  Pp.  only  $1.00 

Name     

Street 


City 


State.. 


So  you  ivant  to  raise  a  boy? 

(Continued)  and  Jake  will  not. 
Both  boys  have  the  same  problems, 
but  they  have  different  attitudes. 
When  the  first  boy  was  criticized  for 
being  lazy,  he  did  not  like  it  any 
more  than  Jake,  but  now  he's  try- 
ing. On  the  other  hand,  Jake  says, 
"If  those  jerks  don't  like  me  the  way 
I  am,  it's  their  tough  luck."  Jake 
is  beginning  to  take  pride  in  being 
a  misfit. 

With  Joe  it  is  only  a  question  of 
time  until  people  will  have  forgotten 
that  he  ever  had  any  problems.  With 
Jake  it  is  only  a  question  of  time 
until  he  has  a  criminal  record.  At 
least,  that  is  the  immediate  prospect 
unless  something  radical  and  revolu- 
tionary happens  to  change  him. 

Jake  is  developing  the  trademarks 
of  a  delinquent: 

1.  His  problems  are  becoming  a 
habit. 

2.  His  problems  are  created  de- 
liberately. 

3.  His  misbehavior  is  not  occa- 
sional but  chronic. 

4.  His  misbehavior  tends  to  make 
him  almost  universally  disliked. 

5.  His  misbehavior  is  making  him 
almost  universally  distrusted. 

6.  His  conduct  is  moving  in  the 
direetion  of  serious  criminal  acts. 

What  Can  Be  Done  about 
Juvenile  Delinquency? 

Fortunately,  we  are  learning  more 
and  more  about  ways  and  means  of 
helping  boys  like  Jake.  But,  better 
still,  we  are  learning  more  and  more 
about  ways  and  means  of  keeping 
boys  from  becoming  like  Jake.  In  the 
following  articles  of  this  series  we 
shall  discuss  many  of  the  recom- 
mended procedures  in  detail,  but  it 
might  be  well  even  at  this  point  to 
list  some  of  the  basic  lessons  we  are 
learning. 

First,  parents  need  to  know  more 
about  the  normal  development  of 
children  so  they  can  distinguish  be- 
tween difficult  behavior  which  can 
be  expected  at  certain  ages  and  the 
behavior  which  carries  a  clear  signal 
of  "criminal  delinquency  ahead." 

Second,  a  great  deal  more  stress 
must  be  placed  on  the  building  and 
preserving  of  our  homes.  Every 
community  facility  and  service 
should  concentrate  on  stablizing  the 
home  rather  than  replacing  it.  Stud- 
ies show  that  even  when  children 
are  raised   in  deficient  homes  they 


turn  out  better  on  the  average  than 
those  placed  in  institutions.  There- 
fore children  should  not  be  taken 
permanently  from  their  homes  ex- 
cept in  the  most  extreme  or  impos- 
sible situations. 

Third,  the  major  defect  in  the 
training  of  youth  today  is  their  fail- 
ure to  learn  respect  for  society's 
"barriers."  Youngsters  get  the  idea 
that  no  one  is  big  enough  to  handle 
them— neither  their  families,  the 
schools,  the  city,  the  state,  nor  even 
the  government.  This  is  the  result 
of  setting  up  standards  and  failing 
to  enforce  them,  gently  where  pos- 
sible, firmly  where  necessary.  The 
situation  is  further  complicated  by 
the  fact  that  when  families  are  criti- 
cized for  letting  their  children  get 
out  of  control,  most  communities 
do  an  even  poorer  job  when  they 
take  the  youngsters  over.  Many  a 
minor  delinquent  has  developed  into 
a  full-fledged,  defiant  criminal  be- 
cause he  found  that  the  juvenile 
courts  and  other  community  agen- 
cies were  just  too  busy  with  cases 
to  keep  track  of  him.  Sometimes 
youngsters  who  have  been  picked  up 
and  released  many  times  will  offer 
to  make  a  bet  with  arresting  officers 
that  nothing  will  happen  to  them 
on  their  latest  offense.  This  trend 
must  come  to  a  halt,  and  a  little  later 
we  will  discuss  suggested  ways  of 
doing  it. 

Fourth,  lack  of  discipline  in  the 
life  of  a  child  creates  a  sense  of  in- 
security. When  parents  set  up  rea- 
sonable standards  and  enforce  them, 
the  child  gets  the  feeling  he  is  liv- 
ing in  an  "orderly  world."  On  the 
other  hand,  when  he  is  promised 
certain  penalties  for  certain  offenses 
and  these  promises  are  not  fulfilled, 
a  child  gets  the  feeling  that  his 
world  is  unstable  and  is  falling  to 
pieces. 

Fifth,  we  are  learning  that  crimi- 
nal conduct  has  its  roots  in  the  un- 
desirable experiences  and  ideas 
which  a  child  often  stumbles  upon 
while  very  young.  Therefore,  close 
supervision  by  a  conscientious  moth- 
er during  these  early  years  is  of  pri- 
mary importance  in  the  proper 
rearing  of  a  child.  Obviously,  some 
mothers  have  to  leave  home  and 
work  because  they  have  no  alterna- 
tive, but  it  is  still  desirable  for  them 
to  be  aware  of  the  tremendous  haz- 
ard involved  in  the  "farming  out" 
of  children.  If  at  all  possible  chil- 
dren should  have  their  mothers 
with  them  during  these  early  years. 


260 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


In  our  next  article  we  will  begin 
our  study  of  the  normal  child  be- 
tween the  ages  of  one  to  three.  Ex- 
perts have  called  this  challenging 
period,  "The  Age  of  No  Reason." 


Your  Question 

(Continued)  new  and  strange 
doctrine.  The  repentant  Jews  took 
it  as  an  essential  ordinance  well 
known  among  them  and  so  it  was. 
According  to  many  Jewish  writers 
baptism  was  an  ordinance  in  ancient 
Israel.  Here  are  a  few  quotations 
referring  to  this  fact: 

"Christian  baptism  is  of  uncertain 
origin.  .  .  .  Possibly  the  baptism  of 
Jewish  proselytes  furnished  the 
model  followed  by  Christian  mis- 
sionaries."5 

"John  stood  forth  in  the  spirit  of 
the  prophets  of  old  to  preach  his 
baptism  of  repentance  symbolized 
by  cleansing  with  water."  (See  Jer. 
4:14.   Ezek.  36:25.  Zech.  13:1.) 

"According  to  rabbinical  teach- 
ings, which  dominated  even  during 
the  existence  of  the  Temple  (Pes. 
viii.  8),  Baptism,  next  to  circumcision 
and  sacrifice,  was  an  absolutely 
necessary  condition  to  be  fulfilled 
by  a  proselyte  to  Judaism."  "Yeb. 
46b,  47b;  Ker.  9a;  'Ab,  Zarah  57a. 

"The  only  conception  of  Baptism 
at  variance  with  Jewish  ideas  is  dis- 
played in  the  declaration  of  John, 
that  the  one  who  would  come  after 
him  would  not  baptize  with  water 
but  the  Holy  Ghost."  (See  Mark  1:8; 
John  1:33.)7 

In  an  article  published  in  the 
Tunes  and  Seasons,  September  1, 
1842,  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith 
wrote  the  following  on  baptism: 

"In  the  former  ages  of  the  world, 
before  the  Saviour  came  in  the 
flesh,  'the  saints'  were  baptized  in 
the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  to  come, 
because  there  never  was  any  other 
name  whereby  men  could  be  saved; 
and  after  he  came  in  the  flesh  and 
was  crucified,  then  the  saints  were 
baptized  in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ, 
crucified,  risen  from  the  dead  and 
ascended  into  heaven,  that  they 
might  be  buried  in  baptism  like  him, 
and  be  raised  in  glory  like  him,  that 
as  there  was  but  one  Lord,  one  faith, 
one  baptism,  and  one  God  and 
Father  of  us  all,  even  so  there  was 
but  one  door  to  the  mansions  of  bliss. 
Amen."8 


BOB  AND  SUE,  like  thousands  of  their  elders,  have  learned  the  truth 
about  the  "lying   allure  of  liquor." 

HAVE  YOU  seen  through  the  glamorous  haze  thrown  up  by  the 
alcohol  advertisers?  HAVE  YOU  learned  enough  of  the  truth  about 
liquor  to  want   to  have  no  part  of   it? 

"IF  YOU  DON'T  DRINK,"  says  the  Preferred  Risk  Mutual  Insur- 
ance Co.,  "WHY  HELP  PAY  FOR  THE  ACCIDENTS  OF  THOSE 
WHO  DO?"  Preferred  Risk,  America's  first  automobile  insurance 
company  for  non-drinkers  only,  now  makes  it  possible  for  you  to  stop 
paying  for  the  drinker's  accidents — and  to  save  money  at  the  same 
time. 

If  you  are  a  non-drinker,*  we  invite  you  to  investigate,  and  insure 
with  Preferred  Risk.  Save  money — and  put  your  automobile  insur- 
ance where  your  heart  is — with  the  thousands  of  others  who  say, 
"No  Thanks — we  don't  drink."  For  full  details,  including  an  explana- 
tion of  Preferred  Risk's  merit  reduction  plan  for  claim-free  drivers, 
return  this  coupon  now. 

IMPORTANT—  Non-drinker    means    TOTAL    abstainer.      The    occasional    social    drinker    is    not    eligible. 


ACT  NOW- USE  THIS  COUPON 


Please  send  me  complete  information  about  vour  auto  insurance  (or  total  abstainers.  I  under- 
stand, there  is  no  obligation  CH-1254 

Name 


Address. 
City 


-State- 


Occupation. 

Age 


My  auto  insurance 

expires: 

Month 


Day- 
Year. 


_Age  of  principal  driver  of  auto_ 


Make  of  Car_ 


.Year. 


_Age  of  youngest  driver- 


_No    Cylinders- 


Body  type  &    Model    (Scries). 


Use  of  Car-   Q  Pleasure  fJ  Business  n  To  and  from  work- 
Marital  Status  of  Principal  Driver-       □   Married  with- 


jniles  one  way. 


.children 


fOffofc' 


ACCIDENTS 


□  Single,  living  at  home    □   Single 

□  Send  me  free  copy  of  Christian  Herald  article. 


PREFERRED  RISK  MUTUAL 
INSURANCE  COMPANY 


150  South  4th    East,  Dept.  458 


Salt   Lake  City,   Utah 
America's    First   Total    Abstainer's    Automobile   Insurance   Co. 


Phone   EM  4-1931 
William    Piymaf,    President 


APRIL    1958 


261 


The  "39  9"  is  the  most  versatile  16mm 
sound  projector  available  today.  As  the 
chart  below  shows,  it  offers  more  advanced 
features,  more  exclusive  features,  than  any 
other  projector.  In  over-all  quality  it  has 


no  parallel,  yet  its  basic  price  is  only 
$499.95.  It  is  the  finest  value  of  all  sound 
projectors.  Ask  your  A-V  dealer  to  demon- 
strate, or  write  Bell  &  Howell  Company, 
7112    McCormick  Road,  Chicago,  Illinois. 


PROJECTOR 

ZOOM 
LENS 

FIVE 
SAPPHIRE 
MOVEMENT 

ELECTRICAL 
REVERSE 

BRILLIANT 

STILL 
PICTURES 

FACTORY 

SEALED 

LUBRICATION 

AUTOMATIC 
REWIND 
RELEASE 

SINGLE  FRAME 

DRIVE  AND 

COUNTER 

TOP  MOUNTED 
REELS 

HOUR 
METER 

AUTOMATIC 
LOOP  SETTER 

399 
SPECIALIST 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

BRAND 
A 

No 

No 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

BRAND 
B 

No 

No 

No 

No 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

BRAND 
C 

No 

No 

Yes 

No 

Yes 

No 

No 

Yes 

No 

No 

BRAND 
D 

No 

No 

Yes 

No 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

262 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


L... 


1.  Exclusive  new  "zoom"  lens*  (f/1.6) 
adjusts  picture  size  to  fit  screen  without 
moving  the  projector.  One  lens  serves  for 
different  size  rooms. 

2.  Sapphire  parts  at  five  film  handling 
points  deliver  400%  longer  life  .  .  .  years 
of  trouble-free  service. 

3.  Reverse  operation  for  more  effective 
instruction.  Operator  can  stop,  review, 
then  reverse  and  view  again. 

4.  Rewind  release  automatically  sets 
projector  for  "forward"  after  rewinding. 
Extraordinarily  fast,  399  rewinds  full 
hour's  show  in  2  minutes. 


5.  Still  picture  clutch  lets  you  stop  film 
on  single  frame  for  indefinite  period. 

6.  "Cold  Glass"  heat  filter*  gives  7 
times  brighter  still  picture  image. 

7.  Single  frame  drive*  lets  you  advance 
or  reverse,  frame  by  frame,  for  slow  mo- 
tion study  and  discussion. 

8.  Frame  counter*  lets  you  measure 
elapsed  time  for  any  sequence. 

9.  Factory  sealed  lubrication  eliminates 
need  for  oiling. 

10.  Automatic  loop  setter*  eliminates 
"fluttering;"  reforms  loops  without  inter- 
rupting show. 


11.  Hour  meter*  records  running  time; 
aids  scheduling. 

12.  Threading  is  so  simple  that  even  a 
child  can  do  it. 

13.  Top  mounted  reels  let  you  set  up  on 
any  table  or  desk  without  dangerous 
overhang. 

14.  Powerful  15  watt  amplifier  for  full 
volume  in  large  auditoriums.  Will  power 
2  large  speakers. 

15.  Convenient  self-contained  speaker 
can  play  within  case  or  from  any  point 
in  the  room. 

^Optional  features 


FINER  PRODUCTS 


THROUGH  IMAGINATION 


> 


Bell  &  Howell 


APRIL   1958 


263 


Introducing  the  new 

Bell   &   Howell 

FILMOSOUND  SPECIALIST 


Deseret  Book  has  this  outstanding  new  16mm  sound  projector  that 
offers  tr.zr*!  "exclusive"  operating  features  than  any  other  sound 
projector,  i  ';  built  for  heavy  use,  unlimited  applications,  easy  opera- 
tion,   ant!    ^/ters   sharpest    pictures   and    clearest    sound. 


fflira 


^  4?  v3?'  Sou,h  Temple  -"Salt  Lake  City.  Utah      ,r  ^ 


!?»7«?fWrf>Ww3*??S*Tr«Wv^,?I^TV 


Les  Go  With 
Les  Goates 

A  Man  With  Interesting  ^Thoughts 

For  40  years  Les  Goates 
has  newspapered  his  way 
around  the  Mountain 
West  writing  sports, 
poetry,  whimsy  and 
thought  provoking 
articles.  He  captures  the 
character  of  the  west's 
people  and  writes  about 
them.  It's  interesting. 
You'll  find  Les  daily  on 
the  editorial  page  of  your 
Deseret  News  and 
Telegram. 

Wmmmmt  Miewb 

Salt  £ ake  ©JeJbegram 

/faifrH  E  W  ! 


THE     MOUNTAIN     WEST/  S 


S  P  APE 


264 


Adam  S.  Bennion 

(Continued)  of  relaxation  during 
the  busy  times,  he  would  often  step 
out  into  the  hall,  saying,  "These  are 
great  days." 

In  1928  Elder  Bennion  began  a 
long  service  with  the  Utah  Power 
and  Light  Company. 

Elder  Bennion  had  given  much 
service  to  civic  affairs.  He  was  a 
past  chairman  of  the  Salt  Lake 
County  Chapter,  American  Red 
Cross,  and  the  Salt  Lake  Community 
Chest;  a  past  vice-president  of  the 
Utah  State  Symphony  organization; 
and  a  former  member  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Utah  board  of  regents,  as 
well  as  being  active  in  other  civic 
groups. 

His  pen,  like  his  voice  and  his 
life,  had  long  been  active  in  further- 
ing the  work  of  the  Church  and 
the    community. 

He  married  Minerva  Young  in  the 
Salt  Lake  Temple  September  14, 
1911.  They  are  the  parents  of  five 
children:  Mrs.  Ralph  (Phyllis) 
Stohl;  Adam  Y.  Bennion;  Richard 
Y.  Bennion;  Mrs.  Wallace  (Marian) 
Rogers;  and  Edmund  Y.  Bennion. 
Also  surviving  are  twenty-one 
grandchildren  and  two  sisters. 

Elder  Harold  B.  Lee,  one  of  the 
speakers  at  the  funeral,  said,  in  part: 

"He  was  constantly  teaching  us 
by  his  sermons  and  his  teachings 
how  to  give  the  best  to  life  and 
how  to  get  the  best  out  of  life.  'Hap- 
piness,' he  defined,  'was  something 
within  each  of  us  and  was  not  to  be 
found  in  anything  external.'  .  .  . 
Brother  Adam  gave  us  a  recipe  for 
happiness  which  consisted  of  five 
ingredients  that  I  shall  only  speak 
of  in  headlines.  .  .  . 

"His  first  in  his  recipe  of  happi- 
ness was  a  sense  of  achievement.  He 
declared,  'The  door  of  opportunity 
is  wide  open  if  you  are  prepared.' 
He  had  his  defeats  in  life— spiritual- 
ly, scholastically,  politically,  and 
otherwise,  but  he  came  to  know 
that  when  God  closes  one  door  he 
opens  two  others. 

"His  second  in  this  recipe  was  to 
learn  to  enjoy  the  heritage  that  has 
been  left  to  us.  'Be  interested  in 
cultural  things,'  he  said,  'be  familiar 
with  the  best  thought  in  the  world,' 
always  stressing  the  four  greatest 
books  in  all  the  world,  the  standard 
Church  works,  about  which  he  said, 
'after  reading,  you  will  never  there- 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Postum  is  the  natural  whole  grain  drink 


When  you're  looking  for  a  hearty,  healthful  drink  ...  try 
Postum.  Postum  is  made  from  whole-grain  cereals,  slow- 
roasted  to  bring  out  a  rich,  satisfying  flavor. 

Postum  is  100%  coffee-free  .  .  .  contains  no  caffein  or 
other  artificial  stimulants.  And  don't  forget,  Postum  tastes 
so  good  .  .  .  and  it's  so  good  for  you! 

100%  coffee-free 


/PjostuW 


Another  fine  product 
from  General  Foods. 


APRIL  1958 


265 


SAFEWAY 

A  FRIEND  OF  THE  FAMILY 
-FRIEND  OF  THE  FARMER 

Farmers  and  homemakcrs  fre- 
quently raise  the  question  about  the 
spread  between  the  price  paid  to 
farmers  and  the  price  paid  by  the 
customer  for  meat  —  beef,  for  in- 
stance. 

Many  think  any  increased  spread 
indicates  increased  profits  for  the 
retail  store.  This  is  not  true.  The 
big  difference  comes  in  the  in- 
creased operating  costs  in  processing 
and  selling. 

Typical  examples  of  increased 
costs  in  retail  stores  today  compared 
with  1950  tell  the  story: 

Item  Increase 

Wages  (based  on  salary  of 

head  meat-cutter)  ...67.5% 

Cost  of  refrigerated  meat 

display  case  15.4% 

Cost  of  advertising  beef  (based 
on  rate  increase  in  repre- 
sentative newspapers)  61.9% 

Cost  of  packaging  materials....  10.0% 

Safeway  has  always  paid  top  mar- 
ket prices  to  farmers  for  quality 
meat  and  sold  to  its  customers  at 
lowest  prices. 

SAFEWAY  Is  a  Friend  of  the 

Family  .  .  .  And  a  Friend 

of  the  Farmer. 


SAFEWAY 


after  be  the  same.'  .  .  . 

"The  third  of  his  recipe  for  hap- 
piness was  the  building  of  a  home. 
'Real  happiness,'  he  declared,  'cen- 
ters around  the  hearthstone.'  He 
was  saying  that  to  all  of  us  as  well 
as  you,  his  family  treasures— Phyllis, 
Bud,  Dick,  Marian,  and  Ned.  'Re- 
member that  where  family  life  ends, 
child  delinquency  begins.'  .  .  . 

"The  fourth  of  his  list  was:  'Strive 
to  make  others  happy.  The  person 
who  is  thinking  and  doing  for  others 
is   happy.     Happiness    lies    in  that 


little  kindness  we  do  when  we  ex- 
pect nothing  in  return.'  .  .  . 

"And  finally  he  said,  If  all  other 
things  are  gone  that  make  for  hap- 
piness, there  is  one  thing  that  no 
one  can  take  from  you— your  spir- 
itual reaching  out  towards  God.'  .  .  . 

"Perhaps  the  crowning  experience 
of  his  life  was  his  visit  in  1956  to 
the  Holy  Land.  .  .  .  The  guide  .  .  . 
led  him  to  the  tomb  belonging  to 
Joseph  of  Arimathaea  in  the  days 
when  Jesus  lived  and  in  which 
Jesus,    our    Savior,    was    entombed 


"coming  to  ourselves 


99 


THE 

SPOKEN 

WORD 


Richard  L.  Evans 

Our  thoughts  turn  today  to  what,  for  want  of  better 
words,  could  be  called  the  process  of  "coming  to 
ourselves."  It  is  always  a  heartbreak  to  parents 
when  children  depart  from  right  and  respected 
ways,  and  it  is  always  a  hazard  to  youth— ( indeed 
to  anyone)— when  they  rebel  against  law,  against  authority,  against 
respectful  consideration  of  counsels  and  precautions  that  could  save 
much  heartbreak  and  many  mistakes.  We  cannot  avoid  acute 
sorrow  in  seeing  someone  live  so  as  to  throw  away  his  best  chances 
for  happiness  and  for  high  accomplishment  in  the  living  of  his 
life.  ( The  prodigal  son  is,  of  course,  the  case  most  cited  of  someone 
who  first  had  "to  come  to  himself"  before  he  could  properly  appraise 
the  things  that  forever  mean  the  most.)  But  if  only  they  could 
come  to  themselves  sooner— for  learning  by  living  the  wrong  way 
is  difficult  and  dangerous.  If  youth  could  only  better  understand 
the  position  of  parents!  If  parents  could  only  help  them  better 
understand!  Surely  it  shouldn't  be  too  difficult  for  youth  to  see 
that  there  is  some  value  and  advantage  in  the  seasoning  that  parents 
have  had,  in  judgment,  in  maturity;  and  that  there  are  surely  some 
things  that  parents  can  save  them.  And  yet  somewhat  in  every 
age  we  have  before  us  the  picture  of  parents  praying  and  pleading, 
and  earnestly  seeking  to  save  the  next  generation  from  making 
needless  mistakes— earnestly  trying  to  teach  that  happiness,  and 
soundness,  and  safety  and  peace  are  found  with  respectful  love  of 
loved  ones,  and  only  within  the  respectful  living  of  law.  The  plead- 
ing of  parents  is  not  for  narrow  reasons— but  only  because  of  a  great 
love  and  a  great  responsibility;  only  because  they  want  their  chil- 
dren to  succeed,  now  and  everlastingly  in  life;  only  because  they 
want  them  to  have  happiness.  This  is  the  only  reason  the  Lord 
God  himself  has  given  commandments,  and  the  only  reason  parents 
pray  and  plead  against  youth's  walking  in  careless  or  shortsighted 
ways.  And  we  would  plead  this  day  to  those  who  have  turned 
away  from  solid  counsel,  from  sound  teaching,  from  waiting  homes 
and  yearning  hearts,  to  "come  to  themselves,"  to  turn  back  and  not 
to  step  farther  down  any  wrong  road.  Thank  God  for  the  power 
of  repentance  that  somehow,  sometime,  touches  and  turns  those 
who  foolishly  or  carelessly  have  followed  for  a  time  wrong  or  waste- 
ful ways. 

"The  Spoken  Word"  from  Temple  Square  presented  over  KSL  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  February  2,  1958.     Copyright  1958. 


266 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


after  the  crucifixion.  As  the  guide 
stood  there  he  said,  turning  to  the 
group  of  sightseers,  among  whom 
was  Brother  Bennion,  "There  are 
many  tombs  of  great  men  to  be 
found  all  over  the  earth,  but  this  one 
is  different  from  any  of  the  others— 
this  one  is  empty!'  And  Brother  Ben- 
nion said,  as  he  expressed  how 
profoundly  touched  he  was  that,  'It 
was  worth  all  my  effort  in  visiting 
the  Holy  Land  to  hear  that  one  state- 
ment and  a  declaration  of  that  pro- 
found truth,  this  tomb  is  different 
from  all  others  in  the  earth!  this 
tomb  is  empty.'" 

President  David  O.  McKay  was 
the  other  speaker,  saying: 

".  .  .  It  has  been  truly  said,  that 
'the  masses  of  men  worry  themselves 
into  nameless  graves,  while  here  and 
there  a  great,  unselfish  soul  forgets 
himself  into  eternity.'  Our  departed 
brother  was  one  of  those  great,  un- 
selfish souls  who  forget  themselves 
for  others  and  win  immortality.  He 
was  rich  in  inheritance,  .  .  .  superior 
in  achievement,  loyal  in  friendship, 
indefatigable  in  service,  true  and 
devoted  as  husband  and  father, 
faithful  to  every  duty  and  appoint- 
ment of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  How 
thrilled  he  was,  as  he  filled  those 
appointments,  was  evidenced  every 
week  when  he  came  back  and  gave 
his  report  to  the  Presidency  and  the 
Twelve,  radiating  a  satisfaction  in 
service  that  seemed  to  have  no 
bounds.  .  .  . 

"The  desire  to  bless  others  came 
to  Brother  Bennion  by  inheritance, 
and  he  manifested  that  desire  con- 
tinually throughout  a  long  and  use- 
ful life.  .  .  . 

"That  is  the  testimony— our  broth- 
er is  alive.  He  is  mingling  with 
other  spirits  who  died  before  him. 
That  is  a  glorious  fact  and  a  great 
comfort  to  sorrowing  hearts  today, 
and  hearts  are  sorrowing  because 
Adam's  going  came  so  suddenly.  .  .  . 

"Sister  Bennion,  your  choice  and 
blessed  sons  and  daughters,  grand- 
sons and  granddaughters,  in  the 
words  of  a  poet,  'Your  beloved  hus- 
band and  father  is  not  dead.  He  is 
just  away.'  .  .  .  May  we  follow  his 
example;  improve  our  lives  as  he  has 
improved  his  and  make  us  worthy, 
as  he  is,  to  answer  'present'  when 
death  comes,  I  humbly  pray  in  the 
name  of  Jesus  Christ.    Amen." 


H 


specially  for  your 


cc\o 


M***' 


spec/ol  souvenir  menus 
if  fecial  attent 


ion 


COFFEE 
SHOP 


Hotel     Utah   Max  Carpenter,  Manager 


APRIL   1958 


267 


The  great  labor  of  love 

(Continued)  great  institution  of 
learning,  another  urge  had  welled 
in  their  souls— not  only  in  New  Zea- 
land but  also  throughout  the  sur- 
rounding islands  of  Suva,  Niue, 
Tonga,  Tahiti,  Rarotonga,  Aitukaki, 
and  Samoa,  and  on  the  wide  conti- 
nent of  Australia.  Before  them 
loomed  the  vision  of  a  temple,  a 
house  of  the  Lord,  where  they  could 
be  welded  into  the  chains  of  eternity, 
where  they  could  perform  that 
transcendent  service  for  their  pro- 
genitors. This,  Elder  Cowley  had 
hoped  and  prayed  for,  perhaps  more 
than  anyone  else.  For  a  century 
Saints  throughout  these  lands  had 
waited. 

Finally,  in  the  year  1955,  Presi- 
dent David  O.  McKay  announced 
the  joyous  news.  A  temple  to  the 
Lord  in  New  Zealand!  Ground- 
breaking ceremonies  followed  that 
December,  and  a  year  later  the  cor- 
nerstone was  laid,  with  Elder  Hugh 
B.  Brown,  Assistant  to  the  Council 
of  the  Twelve,  officiating. 

Before  all  this,  however,  unknown 
to  the  Church  at  large,  a  man  had 
come  to  that  land  on  a  special  mis- 
sion. Elder  Wendell  B.  Menden- 
hall, general  chairman  of  the  Church 
building  program,  had  been  assigned 
by  the  First  Presidency  to  select 
some  likely  spots  on  which  a  tem- 
ple might  be  built. 

In  his  message  to  the  general 
priesthood  meeting  in  April  1955, 
he  said: 

"Several  spots  which  looked  like 
they  might  be  desirable  were  found, 
but  as  I  was  traveling  in  a  car  one 
afternoon  I  came  upon  another  spot 
and  without  any  question  of  a  doubt 
I  knew  the  reason  why  the  temple 
should  be  there.  I  drove  up  over 
the  top  of  a  hill  overlooking  the 
area  and  my  decision  was  con- 
firmed." 

Elder  Mendenhall  then  described 
President  McKay's  arrival  among 
the  Maori  people:  ".  .  .  the  first  time 
in  recorded  history  that  the  Prophet 
of  God  [the  President  of  the  Church] 
set  his  foot  in  this  land." 

Then  followed  an  inspiring  ac- 
count. At  dawn  the  white-haired 
Prophet  and  five  other  men  had 
traveled  with  Elder  Mendenhall  to 
the  spot  tentatively  selected.  "I  had 
not  said  a  word  to  him.  No  one 
else    knew    a    thing,"    said     Elder 


Mendenhall.  They  parked  and 
walked  a  few  paces  from  the  car. 
"When  President  McKay  looked 
around  the  area  and  saw  this  beauti- 
ful hill,  he  said,  'This  is  the  place 
where  the  temple  should  be,'  and 
this  statement  confirmed  the  thing 
which  was  in  my  heart.  Then  a 
week  later  President  McKay  came 
back  to  this  beautiful   spot,   and  I 


bear  witness  to  you,  my  brethren, 
that  I  saw  the  Prophet  of  this 
Church  in  the  spirit  of  vision,  and 
when  he  walked  away  from  that  hill, 
he  knew  the  house  of  the  Lord  was 
to  be  erected  upon  that  particular 
spot. 

The  property  chosen,  however, 
did  not  belong  to  the  Church,  al- 
though it  lay  between  the  college 


THE 

SPOKEN 

WORD 


Marriage -A  Momentous 
Investment 

Richard  L.  Evans 

Marriage  is  surely  among  life's  most  momentous 
investments,  if  not  the  most  momentous  invest- 
ment—the investment  of  ourselves  and  all  that  we 
are,  and  of  all  the  future,  and  the  future  of  our 
families.  And  since  marriage  is  so  momentous  a 
matter,  we  would  plead  this  day  for  a  greater  attention  to  it— for 
more  earnest  consideration  before  the  making  of  a  marriage,  and 
for  more  understanding  of  those  we  love  and  live  with  after  a 
marriage  is  made.  No  one  perhaps  can  say  with  absolute  certainty 
what  will  make  an  enduring  marriage,  always  and  unerringly;  but 
there  are  some  indispensable  elements  that  shouldn't  be  left  out  of 
the  making  of  any  marriage,  and  some  foremost  among  them  are 
trust  and  confidence,  and  patience  and  faith,  and  kindness  and  en- 
couragement, and  common  values  and  convictions,  and  an  under- 
standing heart.  And  as  to  love,  lest  some  should  suppose  that  it 
has  been  left  out,  let  it  be  said  that  love  should  always  be  an  in- 
gredient, but  love  likely  won't  live  long  without  these  other  indis- 
pensable elements.  It  is  a  thing  of  great  good  when  good  people 
trust  and  understand  each  other:  When,  for  example,  a  rather  away 
from  home  knows  his  children  will  be  taught  and  cared  for  even  as 
if  he  were  there— and  knows  that  fidelity  is  as  certain  even  as  if  he 
were  there.  Marriage  may  well  be  life's  most  important  decision, 
and  either  as  to  getting  into  or  getting  out  of,  it  is  never  to  be 
lightly  considered.  In  marriage  one  cannot  consider  himself  only, 
nor  the  present  only,  but  must  consider  the  total  effect  of  all  he 
does,  the  whole  influence  of  all  that  he  is,  on  himself  and  all  others, 
and  on  the  family,  into  the  farthest  reaches  of  the  future.  Marriage 
is  not  a  matter  merely  of  personal  and  passing  pleasure,  but  must 
be  of  enduring  stability,  built  on  character  and  consideration.  And 
in  this,  as  in  all  other  relationships  of  life,  there  must  be  much  of 
give  and  take,  much  of  understanding,  much  of  reason,  and  of 
restraint  from  overdoing  anything.  And  not  even  in  times  of 
temper  and  tension  is  there  place  for  the  hard  ultimatum,  for  the 
"do  this  or  else"  attitude;  but  often  surely  there  is  need  for  "the 
soft  answer  that  turneth  away  wrath,"  and  a  little  of  the  patience 
and  faith  and  forbearance  that  prove  so  wonderfully  rewarding. 
And  since  marriage  is  so  momentous  an  investment  of  all  that  means 
the  most,  again  we  would  plead  this  day  for  more  earnest  con- 
sideration before  the  making  of  any  marriage,  and  for  more  under- 
standing of  those  we  love  and  live  with.  Among  the  greatest  of 
all  good  gifts  is  good  and  gracious  living  with  the  love  of  family 
and  friends,  and  the  really  wise  will  live  so  as  not  to  lose  it— now— 
or  ever. 

"The  Spoken  Word"  from  Temple  Square  presented  over  KSL  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  February  16,  1958.     Copyright  1958. 


268 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


property  on  one  side  and  a  stretch 
of  Church  farm  land  on  the  other. 
To  complicate  matters,  the  owners 
seemed  unwilling  to  sell.  Despite 
this,  however,  and  despite  the 
qualms  of  some  brethren,  President 
McKay  had  breathed  in  the  vision 
of  that  high  hill,  and  proclaimed, 
"They  will  sell  it;  they  will  sell  it."1 
Before  long,  as  had  been  pre- 
dicted, the  family  agreed  to  sell. 
But  even  the  negotiation  itself 
contained  an  extraordinary  facet. 
"When  we  met  with  the  attorney," 
Elder  Mendenhall  stated,  referring 
to  himself  and  Elder  Biesinger,  "we 
found  the  sellers  had  overpriced  the 
property  considerably.  After  debat- 
ing the  matter  for  about  an  hour, 
the  attorney  said,  'Would  you  be 
willing  to  consider  this  purchase  if 
I  break  the  property  down  my  way 
and  arrive  at  its  valuation?'  And 
we  hazarded  the  chance  and  said, 
'Yes.' 

"He  figured  the  property  his  way, 
not  knowing  what  was  in  our  hearts 
or  that  we  had  our  own  valuation  on 
paper  in  our  pockets.  He  passed 
his  paper  to  us.  We  looked  at  it. 
It  was  exactly  the  same  figure,  right 
to  the  penny,  we  had  figured  that 
morning  before  going  to  his  office." 

Indeed,  prophecies  were  being 
fulfilled  in  an  astonishing  manner, 
but  the  Lord  used  men  to  fulfil 
them.  It  took  muscle  and  sweat, 
tears,  planning,  love,  hope,  and 
many  a  fervent  prayer— especially 
during  those  early  days  when  hands 
and  hearts  were  few.  Following 
are  descriptions  by  an  eyewitness 
reporter,  Barbara  Baigent. 

"Once  upon  a  time  a  man  was 
asked  to  go  to  New  Zealand  from 
America  to  build  a  co-educational 
Church  College.  .  .  .  His  name  was 
Elder  George  Biesinger. 

"Around  him  he  gathered  a  small 
group  of  men,  members  of  the 
Church,  who  began  work  on  the 
project  for  wages.  Life  was  not 
easy.  These  men  went  to  a  bare 
farm;  their  living  conditions  were, 
to  put  it  mildly,  modest,  and  they 
seemed  to  have  an  almost  insur- 
mountable task  before  them.  Even 
the  weather,  in  those  early  days, 
seemed  to  be  unkind,  and  I  well 
remember  the  mud.  Seas  of  mud. 
And  what  seemed  to  be  interminable 
acres  of  long,  wet,  sticky  grass  with 
the  brown  peat  swamp  for  an  un- 
promising background.     They  came 

(See  page   287   for  footnotes.) 


The  whole  family  will 
Enjoy  a  Vacation 

in  WASHINGTON  STATE 


Load  the  family  in  the  car  and 
come  on  up  to  our  corner  of  the  country 
this  summer.  You're  in  a  totally 
different  world  the  moment  you 
set  foot  in  Washington.  A  different 
world  of  vivid  and  fascinating 
contrasts!  A  delightful  world  of 
varied  and  astonishing  things,  places 
and  sights  all  the  family  will  enjoy. 


Coulee  Dam,  Man's  Mightiest  Masterpiece 


Fishing  in  the  Shadow  of  Skyscrapers 


Something  new  and  exciting  at  everg  turn! 

Let  us  send  you  our  new  full-color  folder  "Only  Hours  Apart."  It 
contains  a  score  of  reasons  why  you  should  come  to  air-conditioned 
Washington  State  this  summer.  You'll  enjoy  Washington — recrea- 
tional variety  to  suit  every  purse  and  purpose — all  in  an  atmosphere 
of  welcoming  hospitality  that  will  make  you  want  to  stay  longer. 


"^ 


KV^^$>^ 


Famed  Hydroplane  Races 

Seattle  Seafair, 

August  1-10 


Free  folder  -  Send  today! 

Washington  State  Department 

of  Commerce  &  Economic  Development 

Gen'l  Administration  Bldg., 

Olympia,  Washington. 

Please  send  your  free  vacation  folders  to: 

Name 


friendly 

WASHINGTON 

AStateop 

HAPPINESS  . 


Address. 
City 


_State_ 


(please  print  clearly) 


Ik  Seiduiet  Plan 


PROVIDES  ECONOMICAL 
PROTECTION . . . 


When  death  occurs,  the   Sentinel   plan   pro- 
vides   cash    to   meet    final    expenses.      Cost 
is    amazingly     low.      Protects    one     person 
or  the  entire  family   if  desired.     Available 
at    ages     1     to    80    —    no    medical     exam 
required    in   most   cases.     Write   today    for 
complete   details. 


Underwritten  by  Sentinel  Security  Life  Ins.  Co. 


APRIL  1958 


269 


as  strangers  to  the  area,  too,  repre- 
senting a  comparatively  unknown 
religion  in  the  district,  one  regarded 
with  a  certain  amount  of  reservation. 

".  .  .  no  one  wanted  to  leave  home 
to  work  at  Tuhikaramea  and  live  in 
a  tent.  The  job  just  wasn't  impor- 
tant to  anyone  who  had  not  given 
it  serious  thought,  and  extra  labor 
could  not  be  found. 

"Then  one  day  Mr.  Biesinger  ap- 
proached a  man  named  Maurie  Pear- 
son with  a  question:  'Would  you 
come  and  work  here  on  a  mission 
calj?' 

'Yes,'  came  the  reply. 

"Four  others  answered,  'yes,'  also 
—John  Elkington,  Jim  Hapeta,  Sam 
Beasley,  and  Jock  Guy. 

"So  at  the  next  Hui  Tau  [confer- 
ence] at  Hastings  these  disciples  set 
out  to  tell  their  story.  They  took 
plans  and  models,  and  a  tent  for 
a  display,  and  were  allotted  a  ses- 
sion at  this  conference.  Before  a 
gathering  of  some  five  thousand, 
they  explained  what  they  wished  to 
accomplish,  and  how  they  thought 
it    could    be    done.      They    asked 


whether  the  districts  would  send 
men  to  the  project,  support  and 
feed  them.  When  the  time  came 
to  vote,  there  was  not  one  dissenting 
voice. 

"So  grand  was  the  response  that 
every  available  truck  was  commis- 
sioned, and  sixty  men  returned  to 
the  project  afterward. 

"I  asked  George  Biesinger  where 
he  put  the  men  when  they  arrived. 

"  'Goodness  knows,'  he  said  grin- 
ning. 'And  we've  been  having  the 
same  trouble  ever  since.' 

"And  that  was  how  it  all  began." 

Like  Nauvoo  the  Beautiful,  a  great 
Church  community  has  emerged 
from  a  virtual  swampland.  In  its 
incipience,  the  workers'  living  quar- 
ters were  flooded  at  times.  Merely 
finding  places  to  live  posed  a  serious 
difficulty. 

Under  the  control  of  such  stal- 
warts the  work  rolled  forth;  but 
surely  the  Lord  did  not  intend  that 
his  servants  should  never  rest,  or 
seek  recreation. 

"To  everything  there  is  a  sea- 
son. .  .  . 


"...  a  time  to  laugh  ...  a  time 
to  dance.  .  .  ."2  What  were  hundreds 
of  people  to  do  in  their  time  off, 
many  of  them  fifteen-  and  sixteen- 
year-old  boys?  What  about  the 
children? 

Even  when  the  pioneers  were 
crossing  the  plains,  amid  danger 
and  travail,  they  had  not  neglected 
this  aspect  of  their  lives.  Typically, 
the  Saints  in  New  Zealand  devised 
a  comprehensive  program  of  enter- 
tainment and  personal  development 
for  every  day  of  the  week.  On 
Sundays,  regular  Church  services 
are  held,  and  daily  gospel  study 
classes     are     conducted. 

While  there  is  no  exact  method 
of  tabulating  the  project's  benefits 
to  those  many  faithful  men  and 
women— even  insofar  as  material 
gains  go,  reporter  Barbara  Baigent 
provides  an  estimation: 

"Let's  look  at  the  hundreds  of 
boys  who  have  passed  through  the 
labor  groups  and  gone  into  trades 
throughout  the  country.  It  is  quite 
safe  to  say  that  at  least  sixty  percent 


INVISO 


invisible  bifocals 
give  you 


These  amazing   new  lenses  give  you  clear, 
comfortable  vision   both   near  and  far  .  .  .  with 
no  dividing  line  on  your  glasses.    Elimin- 
ate jump,  blur  and  distortion.    Be  sure  to  see 
and    test-try   these   wonderful    new   lenses 
now.    No  appointment  is  necessary. 


Suit    Lake,    Ogden,    Provo,    Logan,    Price    and    Idaho    Falls 


270 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


of  these  boys,  predominantly  Maori, 
would  never  have  learned  a  trade. 
Many  of  them  would  never  have 
undertaken  permanent  occupations, 
but  would  have  led  a  precarious  ex- 
istence doing  mere  seasonal  work. 

"Now  they  have  backgrounds  of 
plumbing,  electrical  work,  joinery, 
carpentry,  bricklaying,  timber  tanal- 
ising,  painting  .  .  .  and  already  busi- 
ness firms  are  asking  to  be  'put  on 
the  waiting  list'  for  staffing,  when 
the  boys  finish  their  missions." 

One  worker  is  now  a  contractor 
with  seventeen  men  working  for 
him.  Other  workers  have  been  em- 
ployed as  expert  mechanics.  As  one 
missionary  put  it,  "The  Lord  is  the 
most  generous  paymaster  of  all." 
The  Lord  God  is  not  unmindful  of 
the  fact  that  men  have  left  impor- 
tant, even  lucrative  positions  in  the 
United  States,  willingly  supported 
by  their  wives  and  children,  left  all 
home  ties  and  friends  for  years, 
some  of  them  with  only  a  few  days 
notice,  to  perform  their  great  work 
of  love.3 

Labor  missionaries  are  working 
feverishly  to  prepare  the  mighty 
temple  for  its  dedication  on  April 
20th,  by  President  McKay.  Some 
who  have  completed  their  missions 
are  returning  to  aid  in  this  crucial 
phase  of  the  work. 

Once  more  the  Prophet  of  God 
will  appear  in  New  Zealand,  to  dedi- 
cate the  million-dollar  temple,  a 
temple  which  will  serve  the  whole 
South  Pacific.  And  then,  for  many 
of  the  faithful  labor  missionaries,  it 
will  be  a  homecoming  time,  the  re- 
turn, after  long,  hard,  happy  years 
of  service. 

For  Saints  in  the  Pacific,  it  will  be 
a  gathering  time,  unto  the  house 
they  have  awaited,  lo,  these  many 
years. 

At  the  cornerstone  laying  in  1956, 
Elder  Hugh  B.  Brown  offered  an 
admonition  with  a  promise: 

"Be  true,  be  constant,  be  faithful, 
endure  to  the  end,  keep  clean  in 
thought  and  action,  live  the  gospel 
in  your  home,  be  worthy  to  be 
called  the  Saints  of  God,  be  worthy 
to  come  to  the  house  of  the  Lord, 
and  if  you  will,  I  promise  you  that 
there  will  be  greater  things  in  the 
future  than  any  man  has  yet  fore- 
seen for  you;  for  the  people  of  this 
land,  for  your  ancestors,  and  for  your 
descendants." 

Who  could  ask  more? 

(See  page   287   for  footnotes.) 


Gain  a  Full  Quarter  of  Study  With 
All  the  Brigham  Young  University  Extras 


MORE    SPECIAL    FEATURES 
FOR  YOU  AT  BYU 

Institutes 

Speech   and   Hearing    Rehabilitation 
Junior    Engineers  and    Scientists 
Understanding    Human    Behavior 
Radiation    Biology    for   Teachers 
Summer    Music    Clinic 

Intensive   Courses 

Advanced  Counseling   Theories 

Elementary  Russian 

Internship     in     Remedial     Programs 

Workshops 

Creative    Art   for    Teachers 

Economc   Education,    Utah 

High   School   Press 

Special   Education 

Music    Education    Curriculum 

Teaching   Spanish 

Painting,   Composition,   Printmaking 

Supervision   of   Education 

Physical     Education     in     Elementary 
School 

Guidance 

Modern    Dance 

Reading 


•  Distinguished  Faculty  —  Nationally 
famous  teachers  will  visit  to  aug- 
ment able  and  adequate  resident 
faculty.    Visiting  artists  also  teach. 

•  Devotionals  and  Lectures  —  Church 
General  Authorities,  religious  schol- 
ars, and  experts  in  many  fields 
speak   in    outstanding   assemblies. 

•  Culture  —  Thrilling,  summer-long 
series  of  concerts  by  finest  artists 
in  music,  drama,  dance.  Paganini 
Quartet  will  be  featured  again. 

•  Recreation  —  Full  program  of  out- 
ings, dances,  athletics  and  the  scen- 
ic Wasatch  Mountains  near  at  hand 
for  brief  trips.  The  Timpanogos 
Hike  in  July  is  a  great  experience. 

•  Advancement  Opportunities— Many 

students  now  finish  college  in  less 
than  four  years  by  taking  advan- 
tage of  Summer  School.  Teachers 
will  find  many  special  helps  for 
certification  and  outstanding  work- 
shops and  clinics. 

•  Leadership  Week  —  During  week  of 
June  23-28,  hundreds  of  experts 
in  many  fields  will  lecture,  Church 
leaders  will  speak,  and  many  ex- 
hibits and  films  will  be  presented, 
to  aid  in  family  and  church  life. 


I CLIP   AND  MAIL — 

To:    Director    of    Summer   School 

Brigham    Young    University,    Provo,    Utah 

Please   send   me   free  of   charge   your  Summer   School    catalog. 


FIRST  TERM: 
June   16  — July   18 

SECOND  TERM: 
July  21  —Aug.  22 


Name     

Address     

I    am   especially    interested    in 


APRIL  1958 


271 


Deluxe  Portable  Seating 
by 


HEYWOOD- 
'WAKEFIELD1 


Heywood-Wakefield 
portable  chairs  pro- 
vide an  economical, 
convenient  means  of 
obtaining  additional, 
temporary  seating 
capacity  without  sacrificing  comfort 
or  dignity  of  decor.  Available  in  full- 
upholstered  spring  cushion  models, 
semi-upholstered,  and  durable  ply- 
wood, the  entire  line  features  welded 
tubular  steel  frame  construction  which 
assures  years  of  extra  service.  Write 
for  illustrated  literature. 

HEYWOOD-WAKEFIELD    COMPANY 

Auditorium  Seating  Division 
MENOMINEE,  MICHIGAN 


May  We 
DEMONSTRATE 

HEYWOOD-WAKEFIELD 


PORTABLE 

SEATING 

TO 

YOU? 

We  also  sell: 


HEYWOOD- 
'WAKEFIELD1 


•  Claiin    Folding   Chairs 

•  Church  Pews 

•  Folding  Partitions 

•  Flannelboards 

•  Blackboards 

•  Stage  Curtains 

•  Paper  and  Janitorial  Supplies 

•  Mimeograph    and    Ditto    Ma- 
chines 


iT5r> 


kZJ 


&     SUPPLY     COMPANY    * 
SALT  LAKE  •  OGDEN  •  IDAHO  FALLS 


The  Standards  of  the  Church 

(Continued)  and  personal  purity, 
if  we  are  selfish  or  envious  and 
covetous,  or  if  we  are  dishonest  or 
try  to  get  something  for  nothing,  if  we 
disobey  the  commandments,  we  may 
be  led  into  all  kinds  of  crimes  and 
tragedies;  we  shall  have  missed  the 
salvation  we  thought  we  were  going 
to  attain;  we  will  be  unfit  for  fellow- 
ship and  association  with  those  who 
are  faithful  and  true,  and  in  many 
instances  be  unfit  for  human  society 
and  so  be  put  in  places  of  imprison- 
ment and  become  human  outcasts. 
Sin  never  brought  happiness.  Right- 
eousness alone  will  bring  enduring 
joy  and  great  achievement,  achieve- 
ment that  will  extend  into  eternity. 

"Let  us  hear  the  conclusion  of  the 
whole  matter:  Fear  God,  and  keep 
his  commandments:  for  this  is  the 
whole  duty  of  man. 

"For  God  shall  bring  every  work 
into  judgment,  with  every  secret 
thing,  whether  it  be  good,  or 
whether  it  be  evil."  (Eccl.  12:13-14.) 


Knowledge,  in  truth,  is  the  great 
sun  in  the  firmament.  Life  and 
power  are  scattered  with  all  its 
beams.— Daniel  Webster. 


The  teachings  and  standards  of 
the  Church  are  to  be  lived  by  each 
of  us.  They  are  to  be  manifest  in 
our  homes,  in  our  families,  among 
our  members.  They  are  to  be 
taught  to  our  children  and  estab- 
lished in  their  lives  through  oncom- 
ing generations.  Living  the  teach- 
ings and  standards  of  the  Church 
will  change  society,  will  change  the 
world.  Nothing  else  will.  Endur- 
ing peace  for  the  world  must  be 
rooted  in  righteousness.  It  may 
not  be  accomplished  by  treaties,  by 
political  arrangements,  but  in  a  so- 
ciety and  a  world  that  is  at  peace— 
an  enduring  and  lofty  peace— it  will 
have  been  accomplished  by  a  people 
who  love  and  serve  the  Prince  of 
Peace,  by  a  people  who  are  a  right- 
eous people.  That  is  what  was 
meant  by  the  angels  at  the  birth  of 
Christ  when  they  brought  a   mes- 


sage of  "peace  on  earth  and  good 
will  among  men."  (See  Luke  2:14.) 
The  world  will  move  toward  that 
end  when  and  if  they  accept  Jesus 
as  their  .Redeemer  and  keep  his 
commandments  and  not  until  then. 

The  other  responsibility  referred 
to  is  that  it  is  our  duty  to  keep  the 
commandments  of  God  for  the  sal- 
vation of  the  world.  This  is  clearly 
stated  in  the  revelations  quoted, 
that  our  lives  should  be  a  standard 
by  which  the  world  could  live;  that 
the  members  of  the  Church  should 
so  live  that  the  world  seeing  their 
lives  would  receive  light  therefrom 
and  thus  glorify  God. 

The  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  is  best 
understood  when  it  is  seen  as  it  is 
lived  by  those  who  believe  in  it. 
Some  men  may  not  believe  our  the- 
ology but  they  will  believe  our 
lives.  Many  will  never  have  a 
chance  in  any  other  way  to  know 
what  our  teachings  and  doctrines 
are,  what  our  message  is  as  to  the 
restoration  of  the  true  and  living 
Church. 

Many  have  heard  of  Mormon- 
ism  and  have  heard  of  the  Church 
of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints, 
but  it  may  only  bring  to  their 
minds  misrepresentations  and  false- 
hoods that  have  been  published 
about  us,  or  it  may  bring  no  defi- 
nite idea  to  them  as  to  the  true 
nature  of  the  Church.  But  if  we 
are  all  true  to  the  Church  and  if  we 
are  all  true  to  our  obligations  in 
living  the  principles  of  the  gospel 
and  true  to  our  obligation  of  carry- 
ing the  gospel  to  the  world,  by  so 
doing  a  knowledge  of  the  gospel 
will    spread    throughout    the    earth. 

We  should  be  sure  as  a  people  that 
we  are  living  up  to  its  principles, 
that  we  are  not  betraying  the 
Church,  that  people  may  see  in  our 
lives  and  characters  the  principles 
that  we  have  proclaimed,  and  there- 
by their  faith  will  be  increased,  and 
they  will  be  led  to  membership  in 
the  true  and  living  Church  as  again 
restored  to  the  earth  for  the  last 
time,  and  the  Church  will  be  able 
to  accomplish  the  great  things  that 
are  yet  to  be  accomplished  in  the 
world,  even  as  in  many  parts  they 
are  now  being  accomplished.  And 
the  light  of  the  kingdom  of  God  will 
spread  over  the  world  and  bring 
peace  and  salvation.  "Verily  I  say 
unto  you  all:  Arise  and  shine  forth, 
that  thy  light  may  be  a  standard 
for  the  nations."  (D  &  C  115.5.) 


272 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Bookrack 


THE  BANNOCK  OF  IDAHO 
Brigham   D.   Madsen.     The   Caxton 
Printers,  Ltd.,  Caldwell,  Idaho.  1958. 
S82  pages.  $5.00. 

This  definitive  study  of  the  Ban- 
nock includes  work  on  the  Shoshoni, 
the  Paiute,  the  Lemhi,  and  some- 
thing of  the  Flathead  and  the  Black- 
feet.  The  author,  who  spent  his 
youth  in  Pocatello,  Idaho,  near  the 
center  of  the  Indians  whom  he  dis- 
cusses, is  a  graduate  in  history,  with 
six  years  teaching  experience  at 
Brigham  Young  University,  and  one 
year  as  acting  chairman  of  the  his- 
tory department  at  that  institution. 
He  currently  is  a  lecturer  in  history 
at  the  University  of  Utah  in  Salt  Lake 
City  where  he  makes  his  home.  He 
earned  his  M.A.  and  his  Ph.D.  de- 
grees from  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Berkeley. 

The  book  reflects  the  author's 
scholarship.  Thoroughly  annotated, 
the  book  provides  fascinating,  fac- 
tual history.  To  Latter-day  Saints 
the  book  affords  insight  into  the 
Mormon  mission  to  the  Indians,  as 
well  as  the  movement  of  settlers 
into  the  Idaho  area.  All  in  all,  Dr. 
Madsen  does  a  remarkable  work  in 
recreating  the  frontier  era.  The  il- 
lustrations by  Maynard  Dixon  Stew- 
art enhance  the  book.— M .  C.  /. 

THROUGH  THE  YEARS 
Bertha  A.  Kleinman.  L.  Max  Connol- 
ly   Publications,     Tempe,     Arizona. 
1957.  340  pages. 

Friends  of  Bertha  Kleinman  will 
be  happy  to  have  her  collected 
poems  available  in  book  form  as 
will  others  who  have  read  her  poetry 
in  leading  periodicals  of  the  Church. 

The  book  has  seven  parts:  Idyls 
and  Ideals,  Desert  Gloaming,  Friend- 
ship Folio,  Home  Ties,  Patriotic 
and         (Continued    on    page    287) 


APRIL  1958 


Change  to 


LISS^ 


for  top  performance 


In  both  Ultra-Power  Ethyl  and  Regu- 
lar gasoline,  you  get  a  new  high  in 
octane.  You  can  be  sure  of  all  the 
smooth  free  power  your  engine  can 
deliver. 

You  get  more  get-up-and-go — quicker 
than  ever  starts  —  faster  than  ever 
warm-ups  —  smoother  than  ever  get- 
away— protection  against  stalling  and 
vapor  lock. 


You  expect  more  from  Utoco 
and  you  get  it! 


UTAH      Oil      lEFININfi     COMPANY 


Ever  think  what  would  happen  if  ' 1 
fire  were  to  lay  waste  your  home  ; 

See   the  friendly  Agent   of   the 

UTAH   HOME  FIRE   INSURANCE   CO. 

in  your  locality.     He  will  be  glad  to  help  you  check  your 
policies.  Qr   gee 

HEBER   J.    GRANT   &    CO. 

General  Agents 
20  South  Main  — Salt  Lake  City 


273 


OPPORTUNITY 
IN  YOUR 
GRASP 


MM              BYU 
Mj               HOME 

E^W>5 

\f                STUDY 

v  • 

285  COURSES 

• 

REGULAR  FACULTY 

• 

UNIVERSITY  CREDIT 

LEARN  WHILE 

YOU  EARN 

PLEASE  MAIL  FREE 

HOME  STUDY  CATALOG  TO: 

NAME 

STREET  or  RURAL  ROUTE 

CITY  and  STATE 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 
HOME  STUDY  PROVO,  UTAH 


PURE 

Vermont  Maple  Syrup 

VT.   GRADE  A 

Gal.-$8.95        Vi  Gal.-$5.25 
Qt.-$3.25  Pint-$1.90 

VERMONT 

CHEDDAR  CHEESE 

5  lb.-$5.95 

ALL  SHIPMENTS  POSTPAID 
Graham   A.   Clark 

P.  O.  Box  449 
Brattleboro,  Vermont 


FILMS! 

DEVELOPED 
and  PRINTED 


Send  Coin  Only 
-  No  C.O.D.t 


MONEY-BACK   GUARANTEE! 

SAM'S  PHOTO  LAB 

P.  O.  Box  1115,  Dept.  AA 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


The  Lord  Is  Resurrected 

(Continued)  Mary  Magdalene, 

however,  who  had  followed  them 
back  to  the  tomb,  did  not  leave. 
She  wanted  to  check  again,  for 
herself.  Upon  looking  into  the 
sepulchre,  she  saw  the  two  angels 
sitting,  one  at  the  head  and  the  other 
at  the  feet  of  where  Jesus'  body  had 
lain.  One  of  them  said  to  her, 
"Woman,  why  weepest  thou?" 


"Because,"  she  answered,  "they 
have  taken  away  my  Lord,  and  I 
know  not  where  they  have  laid  him." 
Then  she  turned  away  from  the 
tomb,  weeping  heavily,  and  through 
her  tear-dimmed  eyes  she  saw  a 
man  whom  she  supposed  to  be  the 
gardener,  but  who  was  in  reality 
the  Savior.  Repeating  the  question 
of  the  angel  he  asked,  "Woman,  why 
weepest  thou?" 

"Sir,"  Mary  begged,  unwilling  to 


"the  best  tranquilizer  . 


a 


THE 

SPOKEN 

WORD 


Richard  L.  Evans 


Recently  somewhere  we  have  read  this  short  and 
incisive  sentence:  "The  best  tranquilizer  is  a  clear 
conscience."1  Some  troubles  come  by  accident  or 
illness  or  material  misfortune  (or  from  the  faith- 
lessness of  others ) .  But  as  to  those  troubles  which 
men  bring  on  inside  themselves,  often  they  come  because  someone 
has  tried  some  kind  of  short-cut— because  someone  has  supposed  that 
the  laws  of  God,  the  laws  of  men,  the  laws  of  self-respect,  the  laws 
of  society  can  easily  be  set  aside  without  adverse  effect.  And  some- 
times those  who  so  proceed  tell  themselves  that  what  they  do  which 
they  shouldn't  do  isn't  really  so  very  serious— because  aren't  the 
commandments  and  conventions  old-fashioned  after  all— or  isn't 
what  others  are  doing  really  much  worse?  And  so  there  is  a  kind 
of  rationalizing  which  seeks  to  nullify  facts:  Seldom  does  a  thief 
say,  I  am  a  thief.  Seldom  does  one  unfaithful  say,  I  am  unfaithful. 
Too  seldom  does  the  doer  of  wrong  tell  himself  the  truth— at  least 
not  at  first.  But  sooner  or  later  there  comes  an  awareness  within 
that  the  commandments  are  basic  laws  of  life  which  men  must  keep 
if  they  are  to  live  peaceably  together,  or  at  peace  inside  themselves. 
So  basic  are  they  to  the  very  nature  of  man  that  in  a  sense  they 
enforce  themselves,  as  suggested  in  a  sentence  from  Elbert  Hubbard 
which  says:  "Men  are  punished  by  their  sins,  not  for  them."2  There 
are  many  laws  in  life  which  in  this  sense  are  self-enforcing.  The 
Lord  God  hasn't  simply  sat  down  and  thought  up  a  series  of  thou 
shalt  nots.  He  knows  us.  He  knows  our  nature.  He  knows  what 
will  make  us  happy  or  unhappy,  what  will  help  or  impede  our 
progress— and  this  isn't  something  that  someone  has  merely  sup- 
posed. But  blessedly  there  is  the  principle  of  repentance,  and 
blessedly  the  Lord  forgives  upon  evidence  of  sincere  repentance— 
not  merely  for  superficially  saying  I  am  sorry,  and  then  repeating 
old  errors,  but  the  kind  in  which  a  man  says  in  his  soul  inside  of 
himself,  "I  will  turn  away  from  what  I  shouldn't  do,"  and  then  does 
what  he  should  do.  And  just  because  we  may  have  gone  one  step 
down  a  wrong  road  is  no  reason  why  we  have  to  take  two.  The 
only  sound  and  peaceful  way  to  live  is  to  face  facts,  to  keep  the 
commandments,  to  do  our  best  to  be  what  we  should  be,  and  not 
to  rationalize  our  errors.  To  repeat  the  sentence  at  first  cited: 
"The  best  tranquilizer  is  a  clear  conscience."1 


(See  page  287  for  footnotes.) 

'The  Spoken  Word"  from  Temple  Square  presented  over  KSL  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  January  26,  1958.    Copyright   1958. 


274 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


face  him  because  of  her  tears,  "if 
thou  have  borne  him  hence,  tell  me 
where  thou  hast  laid  him,  and  I  will 
take  him  away." 

With  the  tenderness  and  love  that 
only  Jesus  could  manifest,  he  spoke 
her  name:  "Mary." 

In  that  one  glorious  moment  her 
extreme  sorrow  changed  to  inde- 
scribable joy,  as  she  turned,  looked 
upon  his  face,  and  realized  that  this 
was  not  the  gardener,  but  the  Risen 
Lord!  Indeed  it  was  he  who  so  re- 
cently had  been  scourged  and  cruci- 
fied, whom  she  herself  had  seen  suffer 
on  the  cross  until  life  had  ebbed 
away,  and  whose  lifeless  body  she 
had  helped  lay  in  the  tomb.  Having 
triumphed  over  death,  he  stood  in 
majesty  before  her! 

When  at  last  she  found  her  voice, 
and  action  came  back  to  her  stunned 
body,  she  started  toward  him.  "Mas- 
ter," she  exclaimed  joyfully.  But 
the  Lord  restrained  her,  "Touch  me 
not,"  he  gently  said,  "for  I  am  not 
yet  ascended  to  my  Father:  but  go 
to  my  brethren,  and  say  unto  them, 
I  ascend  unto  my  Father,  and  your 
Father;  and  to  my  God,  and  your 
God."  He  later  permitted  others 
to  touch  him  so  it  is  assumed  that 
after  his  appearance  to  Mary  he 
did  ascend  to  his  Father. 

As  the  other  women  were  hasten- 
ing to  tell  the  disciples  about  the 
empty  tomb,  Jesus  appeared  to  them. 

"All  hail,"  he  said. 

As  they  "came  and  held  him  by 
his  feet  and  worshiped  him"  Jesus 
instructed,  "Be  not  afraid:  go  tell 
my  brethren  that  they  go  into  Gali- 
lee, and  there  shall  they  see  me." 
These  were  the  first  two  of  some  ten 
recorded  appearances  of  the  Risen 
Lord  to  his  followers  during  the 
forty  days  he  was  to  labor  among 
them. 

Emmaus  is  a  village  about  eight 
miles  northwest  of  Jerusalem.  Two 
of  the  disciples  were  walking  toward 
that  little  town,  talking  of  the  events 
that  had  recently  transpired,  when 
Jesus  appeared,  walked  along  with 
them,  and  engaged  them  in  conver- 
sation. Thinking  he  was  a  stranger, 
they  told  him  about  their  Lord  and 
what  had  happened. 

"O  fools,  and  slow  of  heart  to  be- 
lieve all  that  the  prophets  have 
spoken,"  Jesus  said. 

"Ought  not  Christ  to  have  suffered 
these  things,  and  to  enter  into  his 
glory?" 

Then  he  explained  again  his  mis- 


Deseret  News  Press 


33   Richards  Street 


Sales   Office— Phone  EM  4-2581 


Salt   Lake   City,   Utah 


"For  cruise-like  comfort— go  B/G-OJ" 

Largest  and  Fastest  Liners  to 

AUSTRALIA 
NEW  ZEALAND 


:': 


\ 


Your  trans-Pacific  trip  is  a  vacation  in  itself, 
aboard  any  of  Orient  Line's  Big-O  express 
ships.  Three  blissful  weeks  of  sunshine  and  sea 
air  .  .  .  relaxing  on  spacious  sports  decks  .  . . 
pampered  by  fine  food  and  flawless  British 
service!  Everything's  on  tap  for  your  pleasure 
.  .  .  swimming  pools,  air-conditioned  public 
rooms,  generous  free  baggage  allowance,  com- 
fortable living  quarters.  Three  classes.  Tourist 
round-trip,  from  $554  to  Auckland,  $604  to 
Sydney.  Begular  West  Coast  sailings,  via 
Hawaii  and  Fiji.  See  your  local  travel  agent. 


FOR  GLOBE-TROTTING:  Orient  Line  connec- 
tions from  Australia  to  Europe,  with  trans- 
Atlantic  return  in  any  Cunarder. 

Orient  line 

"There's  no  better  way 
fc»-        to  cross  the  Pacific!"      ^*M 


CUNARD  LINE  •  General  Passenger  Agents  in  U.  S.  and  Canada 


APRIL   1958 


275 


For  churches,  chapels  and  for  larger 
homes — we  invite  comparison  of 
the  Conn  CLASSIC  .  .  .  America's 
Finest  Organ.  Compare  the  tone, 
compare  the  performance,  com- 
pare the  styling — and  the  moderate 
price  will  amaze  you!  No  other 
organ  offers  so  much  for  complete 
musical  enjoyment  at  this  joyous 
season  and  for  many  years  to  come. 
Stop  in  for  demonstration  at  no 
obligation.  We  can  still  deliver 
the  Conn  CLASSIC  for  Easter. 


Conn 


-"> 


oraans 


■  ^TRIUMPH  "*  tone" 


aunes  Music 
9  [,&H^aJ^ 


145  NORTH  UNIVERSITY.  PROVO 


15  E.  1st  So. 
Salt  Lake  City 


EUROPEAN   TOUR: 

$889.00— Includes  Ship,  Hotel,  Tours,  and 
Meals. 

6  weeks  —  42  days.  Leave  August  29,  re- 
turn  October    15. 

Will  attend  dedication   of  Temple. 

HAWAIIAN   TOUR: 

Travel  on  USS  Lelani.  Return  by  plane. 
Leave   June    17,    return    July   5. 

Margaret  Lund 

3021    South  23rd  East 

Salt   Lake  City,   Utah 

Phone:    IN    6-2909,    CR  7-6334,   AM   2-2337 

or    contact: 

CHRISTOPHERSON   TRAVEL  SERVICE 

Provo,  Utah 


sion  to  them.  When  they  had 
reached  Emmaus  and  sat  down  to 
eat,  he  brake  bread,  blessed  it,  and 
gave  it  to  them.  It  was  then  that 
their  eyes  were  opened  and  they 
recognized  him  as  the  Lord. 

Peter  was  also  blessed  with  an 
appearance  of  the  Savior,  but  of  its 
details  we  have  no  record. 

As  the  apostles,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  Thomas,  sat  at  dinner  that 
same  evening  and  the  two  disciples 
and  Peter  were  relating  their  expe- 
riences, Jesus  appeared  to  them. 
Thinking  they  were  seeing  a  spirit, 
they  were  frightened. 

"Why  are  ye  troubled?"  Jesus* 
asked,  "and  why  do  thoughts  arise 
in  your  hearts? 

"Behold  my  hands  and  my  feet, 
that  it  is  I  myself:  handle  me,  and 
see;  for  a  spirit  hath  not  flesh  and 
bones,  as  ye  see  me  have."  They 
were  overjoyed  but  still  some  could 
not  understand. 

Calling  for  food,  Jesus  then  ate 
a  piece  of  a  broiled  fish  and  a  part 
of  a  honeycomb.  Again  he  explained 
his  mission,  then  blessed  them  and 
bestowed  the  Holy  Ghost  upon 
them. 

When  the  disciples  reported  this 
glorious  experience  to  Thomas,  he 
was  skeptical.  "Except  I  shall  see 
in  his  hands  the  print  of  the  nails, 
and  put  my  finger  into  the  print  of 
the  nails,  and  thrust  my  hand  into 
his  side,"  he  said,  "I  will  not  be- 
lieve." 

It  must  have  been  a  long  week  for 
Thomas,  as  it  was  eight  days  before 
Jesus  appeared  to  the  disciples 
again.  To  Thomas  he  said,  "Reach 
hither    thy   finger,    and    behold    my 


hands;  and  reach  hither  thy  hand, 
and  thrust  it  into  my  side:  and  be 
not  faithless,  but  believing." 

"My  Lord  and  my  God,"  Thomas 
exclaimed. 

"Thomas,"  Jesus  said,  "because 
thou  hast  seen  me,  thou  hast  be- 
lieved: blessed  are  they  that  have 
not  seen,   and  yet  have  believed." 

In  keeping  with  the  instructions 
of  the  Savior  the  disciples  left  Jeru- 
salem for  the  trip  northward  to 
Galilee,  which  was  home  to  most 
of  them.  What  a  happy  journey  it 
must  have  been!  They  now  had 
seen  the  Risen  Lord  and  had  been 
given  the  Holy  Ghost  to  help  bear 
witness  to  them  of  his  divinity.  Not 
only  that,  but  the  Savior  had  prom- 
ised to  visit  them  again. 

One  day  seven  of  the  disciples 
were  on  the  shore  of  the  Sea  of  Gali- 
lee, probably  at  or  near  the  place 
where  Jesus  first  called  Peter,  An- 
drew, James,  and  John  to  follow 
him.  Weary  of  waiting,  Peter  said 
to  his  fellows,  "I  go  a  fishing."  They 
all  liked  the  suggestion.  "We  also 
go  with  thee,"  they  replied. 

But  even  though  they  seem  to 
have  fished  through  the  night,  they 
were  not  successful.  When  morn- 
ing came  Jesus  was  on  the  shore, 
although  the  disciples  did  not  know 
it  was  he. 

"Children,  have  ye  any  meat?"  he 
called  to  them. 

"No,"  was  their  terse  reply. 

"Cast  the  net  on  the  right  side  of 
the  ship,  and  ye  shall  find,"  he  in- 
structed. 

They  did,  and  caught  so  many 
fish  they  could  not  pull  in  the  net. 

To    John,    this    happening    could 


i 


*V 


%    S 


'V 

■fe" 


,#^1 


/Am-dt,'~  f&-kj** 


276 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


mean  only  one  thing.  The  man  on 
the  shore  was  Jesus.  Perhaps  they 
had  even  recognized  him  by  now. 

"It  is  the  Lord,"  he  said  to  Peter. 

Impetuous  as  always,  Peter  could 
not  wait  for  the  boat  to  get  back  to 
land,  but  he  put  his  coat  around 
him  and  jumped  into  the  sea  to 
swim  or  wade  to  the  shore.  The 
other  disciples  brought  the  boat  in, 
dragging  the  net  of  fish.  A  fire  was 
burning  on  the  shore,  and  there 
were  fish  and  bread  on  it.  "Bring 
of  the  fish  which  ye  have  now 
caught,"  Jesus  instructed.  With  his 
new-found  strength  Peter  pulled  the 
net  in  alone,  and  they  counted  one 
hundred  and  fifty-three  fish.  Jesus 
then  invited  them  to  eat,  which  they 
did. 

When  they  had  finished,  the  Lord 
said  to  Peter,  "Simon,  son  of  Jonas, 
lovest  thou  me  more  than  these?" 

"Yea,  Lord;  thou  knowest  that  I 
love  thee,"  Peter  replied. 

"Feed  my  lambs,"  the  Lord  in- 
structed. A  second  time  Jesus  asked 
the  question,  and  a  second  time 
Peter  gave  him  the  same  answer. 
"Feed  my  sheep,"  the  Lord  told 
him. 

When  Jesus  repeated  the  question 
the  third  time  Peter  was  grieved. 
"Lord,"  he  said,  "thou  knowest  all 
things;  thou  knowest  that  I  love 
thee." 

Again  Jesus  repeated,  "Feed  my 
sheep." 

The  emphasis  which  Jesus  placed 
upon  preaching  the  gospel  must 
have  had  an  impact  upon  Peter  and 
the  other  disciples  which  they  could 
never  forget.  All  of  them  were  to 
meet  with  many  trials  and  hard- 
ships for  the  gospel's  sake,  but  none 
of  them  was  ever  to  deny  again  the 
Lord. 

"Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee," 
the  Savior  continued  his  instruction 
to  Peter,  "when  thou  was  young, 
thou  girdest  thyself,  and  walkedst 
whither  thou  wouldest:  but  when 
thou  shalt  be  old  thou  shalt  stretch 
forth  thy  hands,  and  another  shall 
gird  thee,  and  carry  thee  whither 
thou  wouldest  not."  John  tells  us 
that  the  Savior  was  predicting  that 
Peter  would  be  crucified,  even  as 
he  had  been,  a  fact  which  Peter 
seemed  to  understand. 

On   a  later   occasion   Jesus  "was 

seen  of  five  hundred  brethren  at 
once,"  and  on  another  he  appeared 
to  James.  Of  these  visits  we  have 
no  further  information. 


Then  came  the  time  for  the  Lord 
to  leave  the  earth.  Appropriately 
enough  he  called  the  disciples  to- 
gether to  give  them  final  instruc- 
tions. Matthew  records  his  words 
as:  "All  power  is  given  unto  me 
in  heaven  and  in  earth. 

"Go  ye  therefore,  and  teach  all 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name 
of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and 
of  the  Holy  Ghost: 

"Teaching  them  to  observe  all 
things  whatsoever  I  have  com- 
manded you:  and  lo,  I  am  with  you 
alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the 
world.    Amen." 

Mark's  record  reads,  "And  he  said 
unto  them,  Go  ye  into  all  the  world, 
and  preach  the  gospel  to  every  crea- 
ture. 

"He  that  believeth  and  is  baptized 
shall  be  saved;  but  he  that  believeth 
not  shall  be  damned. 

"And  these  signs  shall  follow  them 
that  believe;  In  my  name  shall  they 
cast  out  devils;  they  shall  speak  with 
new  tongues; 

"They  shall  take  up  serpents;  and 
if  they  drink  any  deadly  thing,  it 
shall  not  hurt  them;  and  they  shall 
lay  hands  on  the  sick,  and  they  shall 
recover." 

Now  the  Savior's  work  was  fin- 
ished, and  after  blessing  his  disci- 
ples, "he  was  received  up  into 
heaven,  and  sat  on  the  right  hand 
of  God." 

John  closes  the  next  to  last  chap- 
ter in  his  book  with  these  words: 
"And  many  other  signs  truly  did 
Jesus  in  the  presence  of  his  disciples, 
which  are  not  written  in  this  book: 

"But  these  are  written,  that  ye 
might  believe  that  Jesus  is  the 
Christ,  the  Son  of  God;  and  that 
believing  ye  might  have  life  through 
his  name." 

He  concludes  his  account  of 
Jesus'  ministry  with  his  testimony 
of  the  divinity  of  the  Lord  and  the 
importance  of  his  work: 

"This  is  the  disciple  which  testi- 
fieth  of  these  things,  and  wrote  these 
things:  and  we  know  that  his  testi- 
mony is  true. 

"And  there  are  also  many  other 
things  which  Jesus  did,  the  which, 
if  they  should  be  written  every  one, 
I  suppose  that  even  the  world  itself 
could  not  contain  the  books  that 
should  be  written.    Amen." 


Next    Month: 
'Other  Sheep." 


Jesus    Visits    His 


The  Intermountain  West's 

Largest  and  Finest 

Bridal  Salon 


OUR   NEW   LOCATION 

38  South  Main  Street 

SALT   LAKE   CITY  UTAH 


RAIN  BIRD  Leads 
Where  Others  Follow.  * 


For  20  years  a  pace  setter  in  the  irrigation 
industry,  Rain  Bird  has  led  the  field  in 
improved  irrigation  sprinklers.  Continu- 
ous laboratory  and  in-the-field  research 
assures  the  performance  and  reliability 
of  all  Rain  Bird  Sprinklers. 

Invest  in  Rain  Bird,  the  leader1  Also,  be 
sure  the  sprinkler  system  you  get  meets 
the  American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neers' standards  and  fits  your  require- 
ments exactly, 

Literature  on  request. 


NATIONAL  RAIN  BIRD 
SALES  &  ENGINEERING  CORP. 

AZUSA,  CALIFORNIA 


APRIL   1958 


277 


Todays  Family— Eileen  Gibbons,  Editor 


by  Lynne  A.  Pettit,  Ph.D. 
University  of  Utah 


The  formula  1  +  1  —  3  may  be  mathe- 
matically incorrect,  but  it  signifies  a  true 
principle— that  units  acting  together  can 
produce  results  far  greater  than  the  added 
capabilities  of  the  same  units  acting  sepa- 
rately. 

Teamwork  is  a  watchword  in  today's 
world.  Teams  have  become  characteristic 
f  industrial  research,  of  community  enter- 
prise, of  political  service,  of  exploration,  of 
sports.  Blended  individual  skills  and  spe- 
cialties in  unified  groups  are  increasingly 
supplanting  isolated  genius. 

There  is  inspiration  in  watching  teams 
in  action.  The  members  of  a  research 
team  lose  themselves  in  the  mushrooming 
of  ideas.  "Brainstorming"— the  free  and 
uninhibited  exchange  of  ideas  among  mem- 
bers of  such  a  team— has  fast  become  a 
common  tool  in  present-day  industrial  and 
scientific  development.  Community  team- 
work can  build  strong  parent-teacher  asso- 
ciations, substantial  funds  for  charities,  and 
can  complete  community  improvement 
projects.  A  smoothly  working  team  has 
become  the  signature  of  successful  football 
and  basketball  coaching. 

A  successful  coach  once  described  his 
team  as  "a  harmonious  group  of  effective 
individuals  who  are  at  their  best  in  each 
other's  company."  Food  is  like  that.  The 
food  which  sustains  human  life  is  composed 
of  the  elements  of  which  the  body  is  made. 
These  elements  make  up  a  magnificent 
team,  the  individual  members  of  which  are 
at  their  best  in  each  other's  company.  As 
with  any  good  football  or  basketball  team, 
it  takes  all  members  of  the  "team"  of  foods, 
working  together,  to  produce  a  smoothly 
functioning  human  body. 

The  members  of  the  food  "team"  are  or- 
ganized into  proteins,  carbohydrates,  lipids, 
vitamins,  minerals,  water,  and  oxygen.  It 
takes  all  of  them  for  a  complete  team. 
Leave  one  food  group  out  of  nourishment, 
and  the  effect  of  the  entire  team  may  be 
crippled.    Furthermore,  it  takes  all  of  these 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


groups  present  at  the  same  time  to 
make  the  food  team  most  effective 
at  any  given  time. 

"I  learn  as  much  as  possible  about 
each  of  my  players/'  said  the  coach, 
"and  then  I  give  them  a  chance  to 
work  together."  This  could  well  be 
the  advice  of  a  nutrition  counselor 
on  how  to  feed  the  human  body. 
Learn  all  that  can  possibly  be 
learned  about  the  individual  food 
groups,  then  present  them  to  the 
body  together  and  let  them  work  as 
a  team!  This  is  the  case  for  the 
completely  balanced  diet. 

Proteins 

Proteins  are  a  diversified  group  of 
foods  made  up  of  molecules  of  dif- 
ferent sizes  and  shapes.    All  of  the 
proteins  have  in  common  one  factor: 
they    are    composed    of    "building 
blocks"  called  amino  acids,  of  which 
there  are  about  twenty.  These  amino 
acids  are  relatively  small  molecules 
of  various    sizes   and   shapes,   each 
having    at    its    end    two    chemical 
groups,   one  known   as   amine   and 
one  as  acid.    By  coupling  with  each 
other  through  these  active  chemical 
groups,   amino  acids  may  form  al- 
most endless  varieties  of  extremely 
large    molecules    with   many    char- 
acteristic    shapes     and     functions. 
These    large   molecules,    each   con- 
taining thousands  of  atoms,  are  the 
proteins.     They  compose  the  great 
bulk  of  the  human  body  and  must 
be  constantly  repaired  and  replen- 
ished. 

The  nutritional  value  of  a  protein 
depends  largely  upon  its  amino  acid 
content,  particularly  of  those  which 
cannot  be  made  in  the  body.  All 
protein  foods  do  not  contain  the 
same  amino  acids  nor  the  same  ar- 
ray of  non-synthesizable  (indispens- 


Prize-winning  cook  scores  a  hit  with 
Hot  Chicken  Salad  in  a  Cheese  Crust 

"Now  I've  got  my  whole  club  cooking  the  'Yeast- 
Riz'  way,"  says  Mrs.  Charles  Buist,  of  Logan,  Utah, 
whose  cooking  wins  honors  at  the  Utah  State  Fair. 
"They  loved  my  piping-hot  chicken  salad  in  a 
crisp,  tender  crust  I  make  days  ahead. 
And  I  told  them  the  secret's  to  make 
the  crust  with  yeast.  Fleischmann's 
Active  Dry  Yeast  gives  such  wonder- 
ful taste  and  texture— it's  faster 
rising,  too,  and  keeps  for  months." 


/ 


i 


—  "YEAST-RIZ"  CRUST 


Combine  Vi  cup  hot  water,  6  tablespoons 
sugar,  14  teaspoon  salt.  Cool  to  lukewarm. 
Dissolve  1  package  Fleischmann's  Active 
Dry  Yeast  in  %  cup  warm  (not  hot)  water. 
Stir  in  lukewarm  water  mixture,  1  slightly 
beaten  egg  and  IV2  cups  sifted  enriched 
flour.  Beat  until  smooth.  Stir  in  1  cup  grated 
Cheddar  cheese  and  1 14  cups  sifted  enriched 
flour  (about).  Knead.  Put  into  greased  bowl ; 
brush  top  with  shortening.  Cover.  Let  rise 
in  warm  place,  free  from  draft,  until 
doubled  in  bulk,  about  1%  hours.  Punch 
down;  divide  into  3  pieces.  Roll  each  into 
10-inch  circle.  Press  firmly  into  9-inch  pie 
pan.  Press  edge  with  tines  of  fork.  Brush 
with  1  slightly  beaten  egg  white.  Let  rise 
until  doubled  in  bulk,  about  20  minutes. 
Prick  with  fork.  Bake  at  300°  F.  for  8 
minutes.  Do  not  brown.  Fill  and  bake  or 
store  until  ready  to  use.  To  store,  cool, 
stack  and  wrap  in  foil.  Hold  in  refrigerator 
1-10  days.  Makes  3. 


Chicken  Salad  Filling 
Mix  together  2  cups  diced  cooked  chicken, 

1  cup  finely  chopped  celery,  V2  teaspoon  salt, 

2  teaspoons  minced  onion,  2  tablespoons 
lemon  juice,  %  cup  mayonnaise  and  l/i  cup 
Royal  Walnuts,  chopped.  Put  into  "Yeast- 
Riz"  Cheese  Crust.  Sprinkle  top  with  1  cup 
crushed  potato  chips.  Bake  in  moderate 
oven  at  350°  F.  for  15-20  minutes.  Serve 
hot.  Makes  4-6  servings. 

For  A  Summer  Treat— In  350°  F.  oven 
brown  a  partially  baked  "Yeast-Riz" 
Cheese  Crust,  about  10  minutes.  Cool. 
Fill  with  your  favorite  chicken  salad. 
Serve  Cold. 


The  yeast 
prize-winning 
cooks  prefer 


Another  Fine  Product  of  Standard  Brands  Inc. 


/ 


The  best  Bible  buy  today! 
02227x  A  de  luxe  Oxford  Bible 
at  an  irresistibly  low  price. 
Marrakesh  Persian  Morocco 
flexible  binding,  leather  lined, 
with  half  circuit.  Concordance, 
new  Bible  Study  Helps,  maps. 
5  x  7'/s,  only  13/ig"  thick. 
In  red  or  black.     $10.75 


02227x 


APRIL  1958 


A  Scofield  Bible  in  a 
new  gift  binding 

179x  A  Scofield  Concordance  Bible 

with  large  type,  bound  in  luxurious 

natural  grain  Morocco,  leather 

lined.  Contains  all  the  famous 

Scofield  features.  A  magnificent  gift 

that  will  be  treasured  forever. 

5*/a  x8'/8,  only  %"  thick.     $22.00 

A  t  your  bookseller 

MORE  THAN  200  STYLES 
PRICED   FROM  $3.00  TO  $155.00 

OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS,  Inc. 


279 


Won't  you  stop  in  during  Conference  ? 


We're  just  a  few  steps  from  Temple 
Square  ...  an  ideal  place  to  meet 
your  friends  and  relax  during  meet- 
ings. Visit  our  comfortable  public 
lounge  ...  in  the  beautiful  surround- 
ings of  the  Intermountain  West's 
most  up-to-date  savings  and  loan  of- 
fices. AMERICAN  pays  the  highest 
rate  in  Utah  on  savings  INSURED 
by  the  Federal  Savings  and  Loan  In- 
surance Corporation,  q  i  /  rr/ 
current  rate  O  /2  /O 


cAme/ucm  Scumab 

&  £ooh.  /3<L<Lociatla*t  ^ 

Home  Office:   63  South  Main,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Branch  Office:   Granger,  Utah 

Divisional  Office:    Honolulu,  Hawaii 

Branch  Office:    Hilo,  Hawaii 


NOTHING  ELSE  FITS  LIKE 


6-44 


"BANQUETMASTER" 

THE   NEW   LIGHT  WEIGHT 

FOLDING  BANQUET  TABLE 

Designed  for  today's  beautiful 

•  Churches  •    Schools 

•  Cafes  •    Private  Homes 


*■    ::    ■:::: 

M 


y 


Made  in  the  West  by 
L.D.S.  workmen. 
BISHOPS— Before   you    buy,    compare   Ban- 
quetmasters    for    quality    of    material    and 
workmanship,      beauty     of     design.       Low 
cost— only    $22.66    freight    paid. 
Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

Sample     table     sent     for     your     inspection. 
Write  or  telephone  collect  JA  2-660T. 

D.   H.   LOOSLI  CO.,   INC. 

Idaho  Falls,  Idaho 


IRIS 

'58  ANNUAL 
COLLECTION 

Sable,  near  black .  .$0.75 

Ola  Kala,  ruffled  gold 75 

Hit  Parade,  flamingo  pink.  .75 

Chantilly,  lav. -old  gold 75 

Lady  Boscawen,  fine  white.  . .     .75 

Azure  Skies,  azure  blue 60 

Grand  Canyon,  soft  blend 60 

Minnie  Colquitt,   purple  white     .60 
The  Sentinel,  bright  copper.  .      .60 

Flora  Zenor,  lilac  pink 60 

Arctic,  cream-yellow 60 

Mulberry  Rose,  pink  mulberry  .75 
Cloth  of  Gold,  deep  yellow.  .  .  .75 
Russet  Wings,  gold  apricot.  .  .  1.00 
Saluskin,  salmon  pink  .....  1.00 
.   Shipped  labeled  and  postpaid  ^^^ 


Send  For  COLOR  CATALOG /5t 


1  Acollection  of  world'sfinest  iris,  ^^^ 
including  "Best  100".  Costs  us  50c, 
yours  for  25c.  (Free  with  $5  order) 

MARBLE  IRIS  GARDENS 

Box  M    •    Grandview,  Washington 


DRINK 


ficq° 


A  delightful 

hot  beverage  for  those 

who  don't  drink  coffee. 


AT        YOUR        GROCERS 


EUROPEAN  TOUR 

53  DAY  ALL  EXPENSE   FROM  MONTREAL 

Eleven  Countries  —  Visit  Temple  Dedication 
Ship  —  Hotel  —  Tours 

$  829.00 

CHRISTOPHERSON  CHIYE'S  TOURS 
TRAVEL   SERVICE  3720  So.  9th  East 

Box  144,  Provo,  Utah  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 
FR  3-5310  AM  6-0257 


able)  amino  acids  (those  which 
cannot  be  manufactured  in  the  body 
and  must  be  eaten).  It  is  logical, 
therefore,  to  judge  the  food  value  of 
a  protein  by  the  proportions  of  in- 
dispensable amino  acids  which  it 
contains.  The  amino  acid  content 
of  certain  protein  foods  such  as  milk, 
eggs,  and  meat  is  more  nearly  like 
that  of  the  entire  body  than  is 
the  composition  of  certain  other 
foods  such  as  white  flour,  corn, 
and  legumes.  Therefore,  a  smaller 
quantity  of  meat,  milk,  or  egg  pro- 
teins than  of  white  flour,  corn  meal, 
or  legume  proteins  will  supply  bod- 
ily needs.  It  should  be  remembered 
that  an  amino  acid  whether  derived 
from  plant  or  animal  sources  is  the 
same  amino  acid  and  is  equally  good 
as  food.  Most  of  us  do  not  derive 
amino  acids  from  any  one  source  of 
protein  but  from  many  sources, 
both  plant  and  animal. 

No  one  protein  need  have  an  ideal 
mixture  of  amino  acids  as  long  as 
we  consume  a  variety  of  protein 
foods.  If  one  protein  lacks  a  cer- 
tain amino  acid— as  white  flour  for 
example  lacks  lysine— this  deficiency 
can  be  balanced  by  eating  a  protein 
food  that  contains  an  excess  of  this 
particular  amino  acid,  such  as  milk. 
A  mixture  of  milk  and  wheat  prod- 
ucts (for  example,  bread  made  with 
wheat  flour  and  milk  solids)  is  nu- 
tritionally superior  to  either  one 
alone. 

The  various  amino  acids  needed 
for  protein  construction  are  required 
in  the  body  "in  each  other's  com- 
pany." For  maximum  utilization,  all 
amino  acids  should  be  present  in 
the  same  meal.  Protein  foods  which 
lack  certain  amino  acids  will  be 
nutritionally  poor  when  eaten  alone, 
but  when  eaten  with  other  appro- 
priate proteins  may  provide  an  ex- 
cellent protein  mixture.  As  stated 
above,  milk  proteins  supplement 
wheat  proteins  if  eaten  in  the  same 
meal.  They  fail  to  do  so  if  the 
bread  or  wheat  cereal  is  eaten  for 
breakfast  and  the  milk  is  consumed 
at  supper. 

The  human  body  does  not  have 
the  capacity  to  store  amino  acids 
as  it  does  certain  other  food  com- 
ponents. If  there  is  an  excess  of 
amino  acids— more  than  the  body  can 
use  at  the  time  in  building  protein- 
it  is  likely  wasted.  Under  certain 
conditions  the  excess  may  be  broken 
down  chemically  to  provide  energy 
to  the  body  and  some  of  the  excess 
may    be    used    to    synthesize    some 


280 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


•••••••••*••• 


other  amino  acids.  But  amino  acids 
which  cannot  be  rebuilt  in  the  body, 
once  lost,  must  be  replaced  in  food 
from  the  outside. 

Carbohydrates 

Carbohydrates  are  also  essential 
to  human  life  and  are  an  important 
member  of  the  food  team.  There 
are  many  types,  but  the  common 
food  forms  are  sugar  and  starch, 
and  one  of  their  primary  functions 
is  to  provide  energy  (heat)  for  life 
processes  and  activity. 

Unlike  proteins,  carbohydrates 
that  exceed  current  needs  for  body 
metabolism  may  be  stored  in  the 
liver  and  the  muscles  as  glycogen. 
These  stores  of  energy  are  readily 
available  to  the  body  and  should  be 
kept  well-filled  for  health  and  well- 
being.  Excess  carbohydrates  may 
also  be  converted  by  the  body  into 
various  fats  and  stored  in  locations 
throughout  the  body.  Moderate 
quantities  of  these  fats  seem  to  be 
desirable  as  reserve  fuel  supplies 
and  as  protective  insulation  to  in- 
ternal organs,  but  an  excess  is  both 
physiologically  and  aesthetically  un- 
desirable. 

Lipids 

The  lipid  group  of  the  food  team 
consists  of  food  substances  char- 
acterized by  "fatty  acids."  Phospho- 
lipids are  important  in  brain  cells 
and  body  fluids.  Steroids  (such  as 
cholesterol)  include  vitamin  D,  sex 
hormones,  and  secretions  of  the 
adrenal  glands.  The  most  common 
group  of  food  lipids  is  the  fats, 
whose  primary  function  in  humans 
appears  to  be  as  reserve  energy 
supply,  although  insulation  for  body 
organs  is  not  without  importance. 
The  fats  may  also  serve  as  impor- 
tant carriers  for  fat  soluble  vitamins. 
Stored  energy  in  the  form  of  fat  is 
very  concentrated:  Fatty  acids  may 
carry  almost  as  much  potential 
energy  per  gram  as  any  known  non- 
atomic  fuel. 

Vitamins 

The  vitamin  group  of  the  food 
team  plays  some  spectacular  per- 
formances. Although  vitamins  are 
utilized  in  bodily  metabolism  in 
very  small  quantities,  they  are  so 
necessary  to  the  "team"  that  lack 
of  any  one  of  them  may  have  dis- 
astrous effects  on  the  human  body. 
Diseases  related  to  vitamins  have 
received  much  attention  and  deserve 


serious  thought  in  planning  balanced 
meals. 

Vitamins  are  essential  to  some  of 
the  complex  chemical  reactions 
which  are  involved  in  cellular 
growth,  exchange,  or  assimilation. 
They  serve  very  specific  purposes  as 
agents  for  transporting  essential 
materials  in  living  chemical  pro- 
cesses. 

Except  for  the  fact  that  vitamins 
are  essential  to  life  and  are  ordinar- 
ily required  in  only  very  small 
quantities,  there  is  no  other  over-all 
similarity  among  them.  They  differ 
widely  chemically,  physiologically, 
and  physically,  perhaps  because 
each  has  a  very  particular  function 
to  perform.  In  the  beginnings  of 
vitamin  research  all  vitamins  were 
thought  to  be  amines  (in  the  chemi- 
cal sense)  and  were  named  with 
this  in  mind.  Thiamine  is  an  exam- 
ple. But  many  vitamins  are  not 
amines,  and  because  the  original 
term  "vitamine"  was  a  misnomer,  the 
final  "e"  has  been  dropped. 

Vitamin  molecules  are  relatively 
small  compared  to  proteins  and  as 
stated  are  very  specific  in  activity. 
Some  vitamins  can  be  conveniently 
(even  cheaply)  synthesized  in  the 
laboratory,  but  they  cannot  be  man- 
ufactured by  the  human  body.  They 
must  be  taken  into  it  as  food. 

Using  letters  of  the  alphabet  to 
name  vitamins  has  no  present  sig- 
nificance. Letter  designations  were 
given  vitamins  as  they  were  dis- 
covered, and  in  some  cases  what 
was  originally  thought  to  be  a  single 
vitamin  was  later  discovered  to  be  a 
group  of  vitamins.  This  led  to  the 
attaching  of  numerals  or  subscripts 
to  letter  designations.  Vitamin  A 
implies  that  this  was  the  first  to  be 
identified,  followed  by  Vitamin  B. 
"B"  was  later  divided  into  a  large 
number  of  separate  individual  sub- 
stances. So  many  fractions  have 
now  been  isolated  that  it  is  custom- 
ary to  refer  to  this  group  as  the  "B 
complex"  and  to  use  chemical  names 
such  as  riboflavin  for  each  member. 
The  title  "B  complex"  does  not  indi- 
cate similarity  of  structure  or  func- 
tion. 

Minerals 

Minerals  are  also  essential  to  the 
food  team  since  they  contribute  to 
many  critical  cellular  activities,  such 
as  bone  building  and  blood  forma- 
tion. Some  minerals  are  needed  in 
only  minute  amounts  (manganese 
and  cobalt);  others  are  required  in 


• 
• 

* 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
*  • 


FOR  THAT 
WONDERFUL 

LUCCA    FLAVOR 


• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
* 
• 
• 
* 
• 
* 
* 
•  * 


USE 


STAR 


ITALIAN 

FREE  Recipe  Book;  Write  A.  Giurliani  &  Bro. 
jl.        537  Front  Street,  San  Francisco  26.  Calif. 

KITCHEn  CHflRm 

WAXED  PAPER 

KEEPS  FOOD 

FRESHER  LONGER! 


•    POPULAR     WITH     MILLIONS 
OF     HOUSEWIVES... 

AT   ALL    LEADING    GROCERS 


APRIL   1958 


281 


ELECTRIC 

WATER 

HEATER 


LIVE  BETTER 
ELECTRICALLY 

with  FULL 

HOUSEPOWER 

UTAH  POWER   &  LIGHT- CO. 


For   Home  and 
Ward   Library 


Use 


Bind   your  '57 
Eras 


Send  3c  stamp  for 
index  to 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

50  NORTH   MAIN   ST. 
SALT  LAKE  CITY   16,  UTAH 


more  liberal  quantities  (calcium  and 
phosphorus ) . 

The  important  minerals  needed  in 
food  intake  are  generally  indicated 
as  follows:  calcium  (bones,  teeth, 
body  fluids,  nervous  system,  mus- 
cles, some  enzyme  systems);  phos- 
phorus (bones,  protein  construction, 
sugar  metabolism,  muscle  contrac- 
tion, enzyme  systems);  sodium 
(body  fluids,  blood,  cartilage,  mus- 
cle); potassium  (within  bodily  cells, 
enzyme  systems);  chlorine  (diges- 
tive juices,  blood ) ;  iodine  ( thyroid ) ; 
bromine  (blood  serum  and  pitui- 
tary); fluorine  (tooth  enamel);  iron 
(hemoglobin);  magnesium  (muscle 
contraction,  nerve  functions);  man- 
ganese (enzymes);  copper  (en- 
zymes involved  in  hemoglobin 
production,  hair  and  skin  pigmenta- 
tion); cobalt  (vitamin  Bi2);  zinc 
(pancreas).  Other  minerals  have 
been  found  in  traces  in  human  tis- 
sues. 

Water 

It  should  not  be  overlooked  that 
one  of  the  most  important  food  ele- 
ments is  water.  Life-promoting 
chemical  reactions  occur  in  solution, 
making  water  vital  to  the  food  team. 
A  minimum  water  requirement  for 
a  normal  human  being  is  about  eight 
glasses  a  day  and  while  most  of  this 
is  obtained  as  drinking  water  or  in 
beverages,  a  large  part  is  also  ob- 
tained from  water  contained  in  solid 
foods.  About  fifteen  percent  of  the 
water  required  for  human  "life"  is 
formed  from  the  metabolizing  of 
foods,  that  is,  through  oxidation  of 
fats,  carbohydrates,  and  proteins  by 
means  of  oxygen  in  the  blood.  Some 
mammals,  like  the  whale,  take  all 
their  water  from  the  metabolism  of 


food  and  none  from  the  salty  water 
environment  in  which  they  live. 

Oxygen 

Oxygen,  of  course,  is  vital  to  hu- 
man life  and  holds  a  key  position 
on  the  "team."  A  man  or  woman, 
breathing  normally  at  rest,  inhales 
and  exhales  approximately  3300  gal- 
lons of  air  a  day.  Since  air  is  only 
about  one-fifth  oxygen  this  means 
about  660  gallons  of  oxygen  daily, 
only  a  small  part  of  which  enters 
the  blood  through  the  lungs  and  is 
used.  For  life  processes  the  body 
uses  175  to  350  grams  of  oxygen  a 
day,  depending  upon  the  quantity 
of  food  utilized. 

To  know  these  food  groups  is  to 
know  the  members  of  the  food  team. 
It  remains  to  present  them  to  the 
body  "in  each  other's  company."  The 
human  body  can  be  likened  to  a 
printed  page.  All  the  letters  of  the 
alphabet  are  required  to  print  a 
meaningful  book  or  newspaper. 
How  effective  is  a  printed  page 
which  uses  only  vowels  or  conson- 
ants or  only  part  of  the  alphabet? 
What  would  this  page  be  without 
the  letter  e?  Just  so,  can  a  human 
body  be  built  or  effectively  main- 
tained with  only  part  of  the  essential 
materials  required  for  cellular  struc- 
ture and  activity  or  with  omission 
of  a  single  essential  "food"? 

All  the  elements  of  living  tissue 
are  needed,  in  appropriate  combina- 
tions, to  build  a  healthy  body.  Bal- 
ance in  diet  means  completeness  in 
diet,  which  in  turn  means  team- 
work in  foods.  The  body  is  made  of 
the  food  it  consumes,  and  the  food 
components— like  a  team— are  most 
effective  "in  each  other's  company!" 


Household  Helps 


Keep  candles  on  ice  for  a  day  before 
using  on  a  birthday  cake,  and  they  will 
burn  slowly  and  evenly.— Mrs.  O.  C,  Ran- 
dolph Center,  Vermont. 

To  keep  crystals  from  forming  on  ice 
cream  made  in  the  refrigerator,  put  the 
tray  in  a  plastic  bag  when  it  has  frozen 
to  the  mushy  stage.— Mrs.  B.C.,  Clarence, 
Missouri. 

To  prevent  nylon  slips  and  dresses  from 
clinging,  try  using  a  weak  solution  of 
permanent-type  starch  in  your  last  rinse 
water.  A  tablespoon  of  starch  to  a  quart 
of  water  is  sufficient.— N.  P.,  Denver,  Colo- 
rado. 


To  prevent  a  child  from  dumping  out 
the  contents  of  a  kitchen  drawer,  push 
a  yardstick  vertically  through  the  handles 
of  drawers  down  to  the  floor.  All  the 
efforts  of  the  little  tyke  will  not  dislodge 
that  yardstick.— Mrs.  E.  M.,  Lansing, 
Michigan. 


An  easy  way  to  wash  the  bathroom  walls 
and  woodwork  is  to  close  all  doors  and 
windows,  turn  on  the  hot  water  faucet, 
and  allow  the  room  to  be  filled  with 
steam.  Then  go  over  walls  and  wood- 
work with  your  favorite  cleaning  prepara- 
tion. Dirt  comes  off  as  if  by  magic— Mrs. 
R.  M.,  San  Francisco,  California. 


282 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


The  Editor's  Page 

(Continued)  Nazareth  as  having 
risen  from  the  dead.  Hear  the  oldest 
recorded  testimony  of  the  Risen 
Lord: 

"And  that  he  was  seen  of  Cephas, 
then  of  the  twelve: 

"After  that,  he  was  seen  of  about 
five  hundred  brethren  at  once;  of 
whom  the  greater  part  remain  unto 
this  present,  but  some  are  fallen 
asleep. 

"After  that,  he  was  seen  of  James; 
then  of  all  the  apostles. 

"And  last  of  all  he  was  seen  of  me 
also,  as  of  one  born  out  of  due  time. 

"For  I  am  the  least  of  the  apostles, 
that  am  not  meet  to  be  called  an 
apostle,  because  I  persecuted  the 
church  of  God."  (I  Cor.  15:5-9.) 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints  accepts  the  resur- 
rection not  only  as  being  real,  but 
also  as  the  consummation  of  Christ's 
divine  mission  on  earth;  and  to  the 
testimonies  of  Peter,  Paul,  and  other 
apostles  adds  this  mighty  confirma- 
tion: 

"And  now,  after  the  many  testi- 
monies which  have  been  given  of 
him,  this  is  the  testimony,  last  of 
all,  which  we  give  of  him:  That  he 
lives! 

"That  he  came  into  the  world,  .  .  . 
to  be  crucified  for  the  world,  and 
to  bear  the  sins  of  the  world,  and 
to  sanctify  the  world,  and  to  cleanse 
it  from  all  unrighteousness."  (D  &  C 
76:22,  41.) 

In  this  age  when  the  negative  an- 
swer to  the  ever  recurring  question, 
"Is  there  a  life  after  death?"  begins 
in  doubt  to  oppress  men's  souls,  we 
can  awaken  the  heart  to  gladness  by 
listening  to  "the  testimony,  last  of 
all,  which  we  give  of  him:  That  he 
lives!" 

As  Christ  lived  after  death,  so  shall 
all  men,  each  taking  his  place  in 
the  next  world  for  which  he  has 
best  fitted  himself. 

To  this  truth  may  each  recurring 
Easter  morning  give  new  emphasis 
and  fill  our  souls  with  the  divine 
assurance  that  Christ  is  truly  risen, 
and  through  him  man's  immortality 
is  assured;  and  may  the  day  soon 
dawn  upon  the  world  when  the  false 
concept  that  might  makes  right  will 
be  supplanted  by  the  higher  ideals 
of  the  gospel  which  radiate  the 
charitable,  peace-loving  spirit  of  the 
Risen  Lord! 


11 


LOOK     FOR     YOUR 


FAVORITE 


CHEESE  SAUCE 


*^ 


•      MUk3-Mmute  Cheese  Sauce 
Mornmg  MU*  ° 

i_„j  or  erate< 


•      Milk   V3  cup  cubed  or  grated 
V3cupVlornmsM  process-type 

heat  until  small  bub  sca5„„mgs. 

edgeSofpan^f        t.tringconstontly. 


but  be  sure  you  make  it  with  Morning 
Milk  .  .  .  it's  double-rich  and  homogenized 
to  make  smoother,  creamier  sauces. 


EVAPORATfD 

MILK 


APRIL   1958 


283 


# 


BUSINESS  • 
MEN 


ZOOM 

...the 
instant  cooking  whole 
wheat  cereal  •  You've  no  Idea 
how  good  Your  morning 
hot  cereal  can  be! 


cooks  Faster 
than  QUICK... 
tastes  Better 
than  GOGB! 


INSTANT  COOKING 


i*** 


WHOLE  WHEAT  CEREAL 


,   „NGS,  BRACELETS 


FOR  FUN 
^N  FOR  PROFIT 

LAPIDARY 

FULL   OR   PART  TIME 

Most  fascinating,  money-making  hobby!  Become  a  rock 
hound  .  .  .  find  stones  —  convert  them  into  "salable" 
masterpieces.  Easy  to  do  .  .  .  work  with  your  hands  — 
hike  the  outdoors  for  profit  —  you'll   love  lapidary. 

GRIEGER'S   NEW   ENCYCLOPEDIA! 

SENSATIONAL  -  JUST   OFF  THE  PRESS 

Here's  the  "how  to  do  it"  bible  of  the  industry.  Up-to- 
date,  informative,  easy  to  understand.  Written  and  put 
out  by  the  country's  outstanding   lapidary  authorities. 


320   PAGES  .  .  .  OVER   2000    PICTURES 


.  .  .  30  ARTICLES  .  .  .  source  data  for  everything  you 
need.  Only  $2.20  (includes  postage)  and  our  money  back 
guarantee.  Send  for  FREE  detailed  information  on  this 
authentic  book.  FREE  .  .  .  FREE  .  •  •  get  your  copy  of  the 
Big  16-page  introductory  BULLETIN  ...  no  obligation 
.  .   .  ACT  NOW! 


un  i  i;<a;ir  snc  sa&Sft.ffift.1, Wa,nut 


SKIN  PROBLEMS? 

If  you  are  troubled  with  rough,  dry, 
scaling  or  itching  skin  or  are  an  adoles- 
cent with  skin  troubles  and  have  given 
up  in  despair,  thinking  no  product  would 
relieve  or  heal  your  skin,  then  you  owe 
it  to  yourself  to  try  H  &  M  OINTMENT. 
Your  druggist  has  this  marvelous  healing 
ointment  and  will  gladly  refund  your 
money  if  you  are  not  pleased  with  re- 
sults. It  is  pleasant  to  use,  odorless  and 
skin-color. 

H  *  M 

ABSOLUTELY  GUARANTEED  TO  SATISFY. 
Get  it  at   your   drug   store,   or  order  from 

H  &  M  LABORATORIES 

151    EAST  2ND   NORTH,   NEPHI,   UTAH 

Small  Size— $1.25  Large  Size— $2.00 

POSTPAID 


These  Times 


(Continued)  nity  hygiene  you 
could  be  one  of  the  Americans  called 
to  form  one  of  eight  delegations  to 
go  to  Russia. 

Five  or  six  American  writers  will 
be  selected  for  the  exchanges,  the 
same  number  of  musical  composers, 
plus  "three  or  four"  painters  and 
sculptors  and  an  unstated  number 
of  civic  officials,  student  newspaper 
editors,  representatives  of  youth  and 
women's    organizations.      All    these 


will  be  exchanged  in  1958.  Can  you 
nominate  the  six  American  authors 
you  would  recommend  for  the  mis- 
sion? The  composers?  The  others? 
The  Department  of  State  will  have 
a  small  headache  with  this  matter- 
especially  in  an  election  year,  and 
especially  if  Congressmen  and  Sena- 
tors begin  to  get  endorsements  of 
"favorite  sons"  for  the  trip! 

The  New  York  Times  said  the 
agreement  foreshadows  "a  much 
larger  exchange  of  artists,  scientists, 
teachers,  students,  and  university 
delegations    than    has    ever    taken 


Character,  Confidence, 
and  Consistency 


THE 

SPOKEN 

WORD 


Richard  L.  Evans 


In  a  recent  forecast  ten  things  are  enumerated 
which  can  be  counted  on,  and  this  one  sentence  we 
take  from  the  ten:  "Reputations  will  continue  to  be 
made  by  many  acts,  and  be  lost  by  one."1  This 
calls  to  mind  a  quote  from  an  eminent  American: 
"Confidence  is  a  subtle  thing.  It  is  built  slowly  and  can  be  easily 
and  quickly  shaken."-  We  are  living  in  a  time  of  many  complexi- 
ties, many  laws,  many  technicalities,  with  men  in  many  places  ascrib- 
ing motives  to  other  men,  and  with  some  seemingly  seeking  to 
destroy  confidence.  It  is  a  time  when  reputations  (and  character 
and  confidence)  survive  with  some  considerable  difficulty.  And 
it  all  argues  an  earnest  urgency  for  "getting  back  to  first  princi- 
ples"—back  to  those  simple  basic  principles  that  we  need  always  to 
tie  to,  simply  said  in  some  simple  sentences  called  commandments. 
There  are  commandments  against  taking  what  belongs  to  others. 
There  are  commandments  concerning  the  care  of  the  widow,  the 
orphan,  the  poor  and  distressed,  and  neighbors  in  need.  There 
are  commandments  against  marital  unfaithfulness  and  personal 
impurity.  There  are  commandments  against  bearing  false  witness, 
and  many  other  matters.  And  if  we  would  honestly  commit  our- 
selves to  the  consistent  keeping  of  these  simple  commandments, 
much  that  is  now  long  argued  and  considered  would  be  solved. 
Both  character  and  reputation  call  for  consistency.  Occasional 
dependability  isn't  a  dependable  dependability  and  reputations 
made  by  many  worthy  acts  are  often  lost  by  a  single  unworthy  one. 
We  need  recommitment  to  the  simple  keeping  of  the  command- 
ments, and  the  confidence  that  comes  with  faithful  consistency.  We 
need  men  such  as  can  be  trusted  with  uncounted  money,  with  un- 
audited accounts.  We  need  more  of  the  quiet  consistency  that 
comes  with  the  honest  intent  of  keeping  the  commandments,  so 
that  reputation  (and  character  and  confidence)  may  not  be  lost 
by  a  single  irresponsible  act  or  utterance. 


284 


(See  page   287  for  footnotes.) 

'The  Spoken  Word"  from  Temple  Square  presented  over  KSL  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  February  9,   1958.     Copyright  1958. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


place  between  the  two  countries  in 
the  past."  Initial  plans  now  include 
formal  exchanges  between  Colum- 
bia and  Moscow  Universities,  and 
between  Harvard  and  Leningrad 
Universities.  There  will  be  other 
lectures  exchanged  in  various  fields  in 
other  institutions.  Under  the  agree- 
ment the  Philadelphia  Symphony 
goes  to  Russia  in  1958;  the  ballet 
troupe  of  the  Bolshoi  Theater  comes 
to  the  United  States  in  1959.  Who 
knows?  The  Tabernacle  Choir  may 
get  its  chance  in  the  1960s. 

The  agreement  also  provides  for 
formal  exchanges  in  the  following 
fields  : 

1.  Radio  and  Television.  "An  ex- 
change of  broadcasts  in  science, 
technology,  industry,  agriculture, 
education,  public  health,  and 
sports." 

2.  Movies.  In  1958,  twelve  to  fif- 
teen documentary  films  to  be  mutu- 
ally agreed  upon,  will  be  exchanged. 
Entertainment  films  (sales  basis), 
mutually  determined,  will  also  be 
placed  into  channels. 

3.  Industrial  technology.  Techni- 
cians in  iron  and  steel,  iron  ore  min- 
ing, and  plastics  received  prominent 
mention. 

The  agreement  of  January  27, 
1958,  could  become  historic.  It  rep- 
resents an  approximation  to  what 
William  James  called  for  as  "the 
moral  equivalent  of  war"  fifty  years 
ago. 

Successful  negotiations  between 
the  Russians  and  the  United  States 
since  1945  have  been  few:  the 
Treaty  of  Peace  with  Japan  in  1951 
(with  the  Russians  disagreeing  all 
the  way,  but  outmaneuvered  by 
Dean  Acheson  and  John  Foster 
Dulles);  the  Austrian  treaty  of 
1955;  and  now  the  agreement  of 
1958  on  cultural  exchange.  What 
would  you  give  for  a  pair  of  tickets 
in  Yankee  or  Moscow  Stadium  to 
see  the  Russian  all-stars  play  soccer 
football  against  the  American  all- 
stars?  Could  the  United  States  put 
a  soccer  football  team  in  the  field? 
Or  would  one  expect  them  to  play 
American  football?  And  what  would 
you  propose  for  the  half-time  show? 
It  may  be  premature  for  this  type  of 
consideration.  But  we  are  told  that 
track  and  field  meets  are  in  the 
offing.  Track  and  field  is  a  good 
place  to  begin.  We  have  met  in 
the  Olympics.  Competition  in  track 
and  field  tends  to  lie  more  between 


APRIL  1958 


Take  Time  to  Listen ! 

Just  30  Minutes  Of  Your 
Time  Will  Remove  Any 
Doubts  About  the  Superior 
Qualifications  Of  The 

HAMMOND  ORGAN 

The  Organ  for  the  Church, 
School  and  Home 


Your  Visit  To  Our  Store  During  April  Conference  Will  Prove 
Enlightening,  Interesting  And  Entertaining.  We  Are  Expecting 
You  And  Hope  You  Will  Not  Disappoint  Us.  Full  Information 
Will  Be  Cheerfully  Sent. 


GLEN  BROS.  MUSIC  CO. 


OGDEN 
2546  Washington 


SALT  LAKE   CITY 
74  So.  Main 


PROVO 
57  No.  University 


GO  GREYHOUND 

for  a  carefree  vacation 

1.  School  Teachers'  Caravan  to 
Mexico.  Leave  June  7,  for  23 
days.  Go  as  far  south  as  Aca- 
pulco.  $225.00. 

2.  See  the  Northwest  as  far  as 
Banff.    9  days  for  $75.00. 

3.  Palmyra  Pageant.  Leave  Aug.  2. 
Visit  most  of  the  Church  land- 
marks.   16  days  for  $195.00. 

4.  Fly  with  Empire  Travel  Service 
to  Hawaii.  Go  when  you  wish. 
Transportation,  hotels  and  a 
complete  tour  of  Oahu.  10  days 
for  $248.00. 

5.  European  Tour.  54  days  in  11 
nations.  Meals,  transportation, 
hotels,  all  for   $998.00. 

Write  to 
E.  CECIL  McGAVIN 

1336  Roosevelt  Ave.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Order    an    autographed    copy    of 
"Mormonism  and  Masonry,"  $2.25. 


man/toe 

.  FOLDING 

BANQUET 

TAB1ES 


Direct  Prices  & 
Discounts  to 
Schools,  Churches, 
Clubs,  Lodges, 
and  all  Institutions 


MONROE  TRUCKS 


x 


Transport  Storage 
Truck  No.  TS 


For  storing  Folding  Tables  and  Chairs 
the  easy,  modern  way  Each  truck 
handles  either  tables  or  chairs.  Construe* 
tion  of  Truck  No.  TSC  permits  storage 
in  limited  space 


Write  for  Discounts  and  Catalog  showing  54 
sizes  and  types  of  MONROE  Folding  Tables, 
and  Trucks.  Also  popular  line  of  Folding  Chairs. 


THE    "WltWlOC    COMPANY 


'249  CHURCH    STREET.    COLFAX.    IOWA 


NOW  AVAILABLE 

FREE 

Interesting  and  educational  16mm  sound 
and  color  film,  "THE  MANUFACTURE 
OF  BURNED  CLAY  PRODUCTS."  Photo- 
graphed in  gorgeous  color  in  Utah. 
Shows  story  of  brick  and  other  clay 
products  from  raw  materials  to  finished 
structure.  30  minutes.  Ideal  for  your 
club,    school    or    church    group. 


Make     reservations     through     Film 
Dept.     at    following: 

Idaho    State    College,    Pocatello 
Utah   State   University,   Logan 
University   of   Utah,   Salt   Lake  City 
Brigham    Young    University,    Provo 
Hillam's   16mm    Films,   54    Post  Of- 
fice   Place,    Salt    Lake    City 


INTERSTATE 
BRICK  CO. 

3100  South  11th  East 
Salt  Lake  City 


IS  YOUR  SON  OR  DAUGHTER 

READY  FOR  COLLEGE? 

Or  would  they  profit  by  a  summer  of  inter- 
esting and  well-organized  group  living  and 
learning  experiences?  Such  as  spoken  French 
and  German,  reading  improvement,  voca- 
tional and  educational  guidance — a  summer 
enrichment  program. 

A  VACATION   SCHOOL   FOR   LDS  YOUTH 

Ages    15-18 

Operated    by    LDS    Personnel 

For  further  information  write: 

The  Smith  Vacation  School  for 
LDS  Youth 

108    West   Lewis   Street 

Ithaca,    New   York 

Full    Church   meeting   facilities    available. 

285 


Everybody  sure  likes 
Table  Queen  Bread! 


•  Delicious  .  .  .  nourishing 

•  Rich  in  milk— contains  the  non  fat  solids  of  a  full  glass  of  milk 

•  Enriched  with  vitamins  and  iron 


Sail  Lake  City 


ROYAL  BAKING  COMPANY 


Fresh    .     .    . 

Delicious, 

Creamy, 

Hand-rolled! 

Assorted 

Butter  creams 

Hand-dipped 

in  the 

Finest 

Chocolate. 

Ideal  for 

special 

Parties  and 

Occasions. 

Maxfield's 

in   SALT    LAKE 
CITY,    UTAH 

286 


Ogden 


<^V  ^  V    \  I' 


'//  W'M 


•  •  sparkling 


lemon  lime 


in  the  green  bottle 


with  the  red  label 


Get  in  the  Spirit! 


5»»H7J 


serve  ice  esis %x% 


THE  Ultimate  IN  FINE  CHOCOLATES! 


individuals  than  between  teams  of 
nations.  The  tests  of  courtesy,  good 
manners,  and  sportsmanship  for  all 
concerned  might  be  easier  to  pass. 
What  William  James  envisioned,  as 
the  twentieth  century  opened,  might 
well  be  realized  in  fuller  measure 
as  the  century  moves  to  a  close. 

The  American  approach,  like  the 
Russian,  is  not  to  turn  all  spears  into 
pruning  hooks,  swords  into  plow- 
shares, or  missiles  into  mattresses. 
The  very  day  the  Americans  signed 
the  cultural  agreement  in  Washing- 
ton, John  Foster  Dulles,  the  Ameri- 
can Secretary  of  State,  was  in 
Ankara,  Turkey,  attempting  to  forge 
the  Baghdad  Pact  into  a  NATO-like 
shield.  Included  in  his  drive  was  a 
scheme  for  new  military  superhigh- 
ways to  link  Turkey,  Iran,  Iraq,  and 
Pakistan,  and  for  joint  organization, 
command,  planning,  and  maneuvers 
of  the  military  forces  concerned. 
He  said  there  was  plenty  of  Ameri- 
can "mobile  force  of  great  power" 
to  back  them  up.  The  same  day 
President  Eisenhower  asked  Con- 
gress to  enact  a  billion  dollar  science- 
education  program  as  a  "security 
must,"  following  a  defense  budget 
request  of  more  than  forty  billions. 

Yet  to  those  who  believe  in  the 
unending  search    for   truth,    of   the 
power  of  ideas,  of  thought,  of  words, 
of    the    impact    of    personality    and 
human  lives  in  social  intercourse,  the 
cultural   exchange   agreement  holds 
out  hope  for  reduction   of  tension. 
In  1958  it  is  fairly  commonplace  in 
the  United  States  to  meet  a  young 
man  who  has  flown  over  the  North 
Pole  and  set  foot  on  the  South  Pole 
after  landing  at  the  American  base 
there.    Fifty  years  ago,  to  have  been 
privileged  to  meet  Roald  Amundsen 
would  have  been  deemed  almost  as 
remarkable    as    having   dined    with 
Marco  Polo.     Today,   many   of  our 
young   people   have    traveled    from 
pole  to  pole  and  have  been  around 
the    world   at    the    equator    several 
times.      The   world    is    a   neighbor- 
hood.    There  must  be  good  fences. 
We  seem  to  be  getting  them.  Russia 
"wants    no    more  land,"    Khruschev 
said  at  the  Indian  Embassy  in  Mos- 
cow, the  day  the  cultural  exchange 
agreement   was    initialed   in    Wash- 
ington.      Our    fences     will    remain 
strong.     Nonetheless  it  may  well  be 
that   if   the   fences  have   gates,   the 
fences  will  last  longer,  provided  the 
gates   are  used  and  the  fences  re- 
spected. 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Bookrack 

(Continued)  Declamatory,  Son- 
nets, and  Child  Chatter— into  which 
the  poetry  is  divided.  There  is  also 
a  general  index,  an  invaluable  aid 
in  finding  individual  poems. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  also  that 
Governor  W.  McFarland  proclaimed 
a  Bertha  Kleinman  day  for  Sunday, 
November  3,  1957— as  a  tribute  to 
one  who  "has  brought  honor  and 
distinction  to  herself,  our  State  and 
our  Nation,  not  only  through  her 
writings  but  through  her  years  of 
warm  and  unselfish  service  to  the 
Church  and  her  community:    .   .  ." 

-M.  C.  /. 


ART  AND  PHOTO  CREDTS: 

209,  222,  249,  273,  288,  John  Davenport; 
213,  photo  courtesy  University  of  Utah  Athletic 
dept.;  222,  Walter  Lillian;  226-229,  Lindberg 
Industrial  Photo-survey;  231,  Bob  Taylor;  232, 
Harold  M.  Lambert  Studios;  234,  H.  Armstrong 
Roberts;  235,  241,  Hal  Rumel  (also  cover  adapta- 
tion); 237-239,  Ronald  Croshy;  242-244,  Dale 
Kilbourn;  247,  248,  Three  Lions;  250-251,  Lorin 
Wiggins;  251,  252,  253,  Jeanne  Lindorff;  253, 
Otto  Done;  278,  William  Beal  and  Ralph 
Reynolds. 


FOOTNOTES  AND  REFERENCES 
FOR    ARTICLES: 

Your    Question: 

n  Nephi  13:24-27.  See  also  verses  28  and 
29. 

h  Nephi  9:23-24. 

3Moses    6:57-60.      Compare   John    5:4-8. 

'Ibid,,   6:65. 

^Encyclopedia  of  Religion,  edited  by  Virgilius 
Ferm,   p.   53. 

9The  Jewish  'Encyclopedia,  Funk  &  Wagnalls, 
2:499. 

Hbid. 

8Times  and  Seasons,  3:905. 


The  Lord  Is  Resurrected 

Scriptural  references  for  this  article  are 
from  Matthew,  27,  28;  Mark  16;  Luke 
24;  John  20,  21;  Acts  1;  I  Cor.  15;  I  Peter 
3. 


The   Spoken   Word 

"The  best  tranquilizer   .   .    ." 

^Graham,     Texas,     Rotary    publication     (Author 
Unknown  ) . 

2Elbert   Hubbard,    The  Philistine.  Vol.   xi,  p.   7. 

Character,  Confidence  and  Consistency 

^Forecast,     published     by    Wheelwright     Litho- 
graphing Co.   Author  unidentified. 
2George    Humphrey. 


The  Great  Labor  of  Love 

!"A  Temple  in  the  South  Pacific"-Howe,  Allie, 
Era,  November   1955. 

fEcc.  3:1,  4. 

°The  Era  expresses  its  thanks  to  George  Bie- 
singer  and  Barbara  Baigent  for  supplying  valuable 
information. 


&Kk  THE  BANNOCK  OF  IDAHO 

OF   IDAHO  By  Brigham  D.  Madsen 

Just  off  the  press,  THE  BANNOCK  OF  IDAHO  covers  a  segment  of  North- 
west history  never  before  dealt  with  in  detail.  It  relates  the  tragic  account 
of  a  proud  and  independent  people  who  refused  the  blandishments  of  civiliza- 
tion and  who,  because  of  their  warlike  attitude,  gained  for  themselves  a  far 
more  important  place  in  history  than  their  small  numbers  would  seem  to 
warrant.  Their  ability  to  arouse  and  lead  other  Indians  established  a  reputa- 
tion which  made  them  feared  by  the  whites  as  late  as  the  1890's.  The 
Bannock  continuously  opposed  white  encroachment  on  their  domain  and  did 
Mi<S»»rit  MntM  not   desist  from   hostilities  until   the  unchecked   flood  of  white  settlers   finally 

m>M  convinced  them  of  the  absolute  futility  of  resistance. 
Here,  read  eye  witness  accounts  of  brutal  massacres  committed  by  both  red  and  white  man  alike,  the 
story  of  the  Mormon  missionaries'  attempt  to  bring  Christianity  to  these  people,  and  the  tragic  account 
of  the  Bannock's  last  ditch  struggle  for  survival  as  a  nation.  This  is  a  painfully  true  story  of  the 
white  man's  empty  promises  and  treachery  which  have  all  but  completely  destroyed  the  Bannock.  382 
pages,  colored  frontispiece,  12  illustrations  from  drawings  by  Maynard  Dixon  Stewart,  4  illustrations 
from  photographs,  end-sheet  map.     Price  $5.00  at  your  favorite  book  store  or  order  direct  from   publisher. 

WRITE    FOR    FREE    CATALOG    #88IE,    which     lists    hundreds    of    volumes    of    authentic    Americana, 
wholesome    juveniles,    outstanding    fiction    and    books    on    numerous    other    subjects. 

CAXTON 

Address   "V  -  *>  ->  .  ^ 

city state Caldwell,  Idaho 

Publishers    of    distinctive    quality    books    from   the    Rocky    Mountains    for    people    everywhere. 


Only  20  Extra  Seconds 
To  Make  HOT  Starch 


Saves 

20  Minutes 

Ironing 

Time 


The  easiest  starch  to  iron 
Try  it  .  .  .  You'll  See  I 


Only  hot  starch  penetrates 

.  .  .  Makes  ironing  easy- 
Cold  starch  coats  the  surface 
.  .  ,  Makes  ironing  hard. 


COAT  and  HAT  RACKS 

for  every  Church  need 

A  4  ft.  (S-4-CT)  Checkerette  pro- 
vides ventilated  hat  shelves  and 
either  24  coat  hangers  or  32  coat 
hooks.  A  double  (D-4-CT)  Checker- 
ette of  equal  length  accommodates 
48  on  hangers  or  64  on  hooks.  Both 
can  be  set-up  anywhere  or  dis- 
assembled in  less  than  a  minute 
without  nuts,  bolts  or  tools,  can  be 
stored  like  folding  chairs,  or  will 
stand  rigid  for  years.  The  double 
Checkerette  comes  on  large  casters 
for  easy  movement  when  it  is 
assembled.  Checkerettes  can  be 
assembled  "high"  for  robes  or  vest- 
ments, "normal"  for  adult  wraps  or 
"low"  for  children.  Checkerette 
Wall  Racks  come  in  2,  3  and  4  ft. 
lengths  and  will  accommodate  up  to 
12  coats  and  hats  per  running  foot. 
They  are  mounted  on  wall  at 
proper  heights  for  each  age 
group.  Write  for  Bulletin  CT-690 
showing  these  and  other 
modern  steel  wardrobe  units. 

VOGEL-PETERSON  COMPANY 

The  Coat  Rack  People 
1127  West  37th  Street.  Chicago  9.  Illinois 


COMPLETE  COPY  SERVICE 

Photographs  and  Portraits  copied  for  Book 
of  Remembrance  Portrait  Pedigree  pages. 
First  copy  each  face  30c.  Reprints  5c 
Larger  sizes  up  to  3Vi  x  4V2—  10c  per  print. 
Mail    or   will    call.     Prompt    Service. 


14    South    Main  Salt    Lake    City,     Utah 

EL  5-4124 


APRIL   1958 


IN  USE  For  SEVENTY-FIVE  YEARS 

Aids  in  treatment  of  Canker,  simple 
sore  throat  and  other  minor  mouth 
and  throat  irritations. 

HALLS  REMEDY 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


287 


The  Last  Word 


Jesus  will  not  judge  humanity  "by  the  hearing  of 
the  ear  nor  the  sight  of  the  eye."— George  Q.  Cannon. 


Dignity  does  not  consist  of  possessing  honors,  but 
in  deserving  them. 

Gospel  Messenger 


Never  say  anything  wrong  of  anyone,  if  you  are 
not  quite  sure  about  it;  and  if  you  are,  ask  yourself, 
"Why  do  I  say  it?" 


That  modesty  which  seems  to  decline  praise  is  often 
only  the  desire  to  be  praised  more  delicately. 


Take  time  to  think;  it  is  the  source  of  power. 


Sincerity  always  carries  the  most  weight  in  our  re- 
lationship to  others.  There  is  something  compelling 
and  genuine  which  radiates  from  a  sincere  person. 
The  principal  obstacles  to  influencing  others  are  in- 
sincerity and  inconsistency. 


A  good  example  is  the  best  sermon.  Unless  we  live 
up  to  what  we  say,  we  cannot  have  a  lasting  influence 
on  those  who  look  to  us  for  guidance.  The  world 
needs  less  advice  and  more  worthy  examples. 


Magistrate:  "You  cannot  drive  now  for  two  years, 
for  you're  a  danger  to  pedestrians." 

Defendant:  "But  your  honor,  my  living  depends 
on  it. 

Magistrate:  "So  does  theirs." 


The  grandest  of  heroic  deeds  are  those  which  are 
performed  within  four  walls  and  in  domestic  privacy. 
— Richter. 


Take  time  to  laugh;  it  is  the  music  of  the  soul. 


Economy  in  our  affairs  has  the 
same  effect  upon  our  fortunes 
that  breeding  has  upon  our  con- 
versation. 


Hope  is  a  happy  and  a  healthy  passion. 


Ignorance  is  the  mother  of  impudence. 


288 


THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


How  Standard's  busy  transportation  system 
helps  hold  down  prices  of  petroleum  products 


Twenty-six  Standard  Tankers- 
plus  others  that  we  charter— sail  the 
seas  to  keep  crude  oil  moving  to  refin- 
eries and  more  than  a  hundred  finished 
products  returning  to  customers.  A 
supertanker  can  hold  enough  gasoline 
to  run  your  car  over  10,000  years.  On 
inland  waters,  tugs,  barges  and  smaller 
tankers  take  over  the  transport  job. 


Rivers  of  crude  oil  and  products  flow 
through  3364  miles  of  pipelines  that 
Standard  operates  in  the  Western  hemi- 
sphere. Also,  we  pay  to  send  products 
through  other  companies'  pipelines. 
They  in  turn  use  our  lines.  Through 
these  "steel  arteries,"  oil  is  pumped 
over  mountains,  as  high  as  9500  feet, 
under  rivers  and  through  deserts. 


Miles  of  railroad  cars,  thousands  of 
trucks,  trailers,  and  semi-tank  trucks 
move  finished  products  to  distribution 
points,  service  stations,  airports,  marine 
stations,  farms,  factories  and  military 
installations.  Standard  either  operates 
or  leases  nearly  every  form  of  transpor- 
tation to  keep  vital  oil  supplies  moving. 


What's  today's  biggest  travel  bargain?— petroleum's  trip 
from  oil  well  to  refinery  to  you,  a  journey  that  often  covers 
thousands  of  miles  by  land,  water  and  underground.  To  keep 
the  "fare"  low,  Standard  serves  the  Western  hemisphere  with 
a  network  of  tankers,  trucks,  tank  cars  and  pipelines. 
They  move  oil  in  huge  quantities  carefully  scheduled  to  match 
production  at  the  well,  refining  capacity  and  our  customers' 
needs.  This  far-flung  transportation  job  is  done  at  a  cost  so  low 
it  amounts  to  a  fraction  of  the  price  per  gallon— generally  less 
than  you  pay  to  mail  a  postcard. 

It's  one  way  we  work  to  keep  down  the  price  of  the  gasoline 
you  buy. 

^^    STANDARD   OIL   COMPANY    OF  CALIFORNIA 

N^j  plans  ahead  to  serve  you  better 


Petroleum  progress  means . . . 

Transportation  to  deliver  the  55% 
more  oil  U.S.  will  use  by  1968 


1958 

380  million 
gallons 
per  day 


1968 

590  million 
gallons 
per  day 


—without 
mortgage  insurance? 


Some  people  —  such  as  arctic  explorers  and 
small  boys  who  build  precariously  perched  tree- 
houses  —  like  to  live  dangerously.  But  most  of  us 
prefer  to  play  it  safe  .  .  .  especially  when  it  comes 
to  home  and  family. 

There  is  only  one  thing  more  pathetic  than  a 
home  without  a  mother — and  that's  a  mother 
without  a  home.  If  the  privilege  of  living  in  a 
home  while  you  are  paying  for  it  is  worth  5  or  6% 
interest,  then  the  knowledge  that  your  family  will 
always  have  that  home  must  be  worth  the 
additional  1%  or  2%  that  it  costs  for  mortgage 
insurance. 

Will  you  leave  your  family  a  home — or  just  the 
memory  of  one?  Beneficial  Mortgage  insurance 
makes  all  the  difference. 


BENEFICIAL   LIFE    INSURANCE   COMPANY 
Beneficial   Life    Building 
Salt  Lake  City,   Utah 

Check  up  now  on  your 
householcting  foresight   .    .   . 


Send    for   fre«    folder    "The    House    That   )&tk    Buill." 


Name 


Street  or  EFD 


City, 


lo-iis ...   Sfeie 


BENE  IT ICIAXi  TjI  KE 


David  O.  McKay,  Pres 


Salt  Lake  City,  Utah